Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
1021 ATLANTIC BLVD COMM21-0047 VILLAGE-PROJECT MANUAL
Navy Federal Credit Union ATLANTIC VILLAGE 961 ATLANTIC BLVD. ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233 P r o j e c t M a n u a l 09.13.21 INOX DESIGN, INC 1640 Powers Ferry Road Building 24, Suite 200 Marietta, GA 30067 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SEALS PAGE 00 01 07- 1 SECTION 00 01 07 – SEALS PAGE Navy Federal Credit Union – Atlantic Beach, FL 961 ATLANTIC BLVD. ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233 P R O J E C T M A N U A L DATE 09.13.21 ARCHITECT OF RECORD ENGINEER OF RECORD, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ENGINEER OF RECORD, ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD, STRUCTURAL END OF SEALS PAGE NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-1 SECTION 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS (FOR RENOVATION PROJECTS) SECTION TITLE DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 01 PROJECT MANUAL COVER PAGE 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 15 LIST OF DRAWINGS (NOT USED / SEE A001) 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 41 13 BID FORM (Exhibit A Template for AIA A104-2017 Contract) 00 43 36 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (Included end of Specification Manual-Appendix) DRAFT AIA Document A104-2017 (v.04.19) DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 56 10 TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES 01 56 16 TEMP. DUST BARRIERS & CONSTRUCTION AIR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 20 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-2 DIVISION 02 – INTERIOR DEMOLITION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE (NOT USED-SEE DRAWINGS) DIVISION 04 – MASONRY (NOT USED) DIVISION 05 – METALS (NOT USED-SEE DRAWINGS) DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL & ACOUSTIC INSULATION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS 08 11 00 STEEL DOOR FRAMES (NOT USED) 08 12 16 ALUMINUM FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES (NOT USED) 08 32 20 GLAZED SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM- SEE SECTION 10 06 15 08 41 13 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS (NOT USED) 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-3 09 30 00 TILING (NOT USED) 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES 09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10 06 15 SLIMLINE GLASS WALL SYSTEM 10 22 43 DORMAKABA OPERABLE PARTITION (NOT USED) 10 28 00 TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES 10 44 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 11 31 00 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 THROUGH 20 (NOT USED) DIVISION 21 FIRE PROTECTION 21 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT(NOT USED) 21 11 00 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS (NOT USED) NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-4 DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 01 00 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 01 00 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 01 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE & AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION 23 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 48 VIBRATION ISOLATION 23 05 53 HVAC EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IDENTIFICATION 23 05 93 BALANCING & ADJUSTING 23 05 95 ROOF CURBS AND RAILS 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 21 13 HVAC PIPING 23 21 14 VALVES 23 30 00 DUCTWORK 23 33 00 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 23 34 00 FANS & HOODS 23 37 00 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 23 74 00 PACKAGED ROOFTOP COOLING HEATING UNITS 23 81 26 AIR COOLED SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING UNITS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-5 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 01 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00 RACEWAYS & WIRING 26 05 26 GROUNDING SYSTEMS 26 05 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 24 00 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION 26 27 00 DEVICES 26 50 00 LIGHTING DIVISION 28 – FIRE ALARM 28 46 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (NOT USED) APPENDIX NFCU CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS & RETAINAGE PAYMENT REQUIRMENTS GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE & INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION DRAFT AIA Document A104-2017 (v.04.19) END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 1 SECTION 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 BIDDING DOCUMENTS Bidding Documents shall be sent to select bidders electronically (PDF format) by the Architect. 1.2 SUBMISSION OF BIDS Bids for the construction of a new Financial Center for Navy Federal Credit Union shall be submitted to the Architect and NAVY FEDERAL on See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. Electronic copies are to be submitted. Electronic copies are to be emailed to Danny Hardy & Cynthia Sours Neither NFCU nor the Architect shall be liable for late bid submissions due to internet transmission issues at any level. 1.3 PROPOSALS Bidder shall provide the price for which he proposes to furnish all materials, plant, equipment, tools, shoring and bracing, scaffolds, or other facilities, and to perform all labor and services necessary for the proper completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, subject at all times to the approval of the Architect. 1.4 OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES Bidders shall carefully examine the bid documents (drawings AND specifications), visit the project site, and investigate fully all conditions and matters which could in any way affect the Work or the cost thereof. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from bid documents; or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect who may issue written instructions to all bidders. 1.5 PRE-BID MEETING Mandatory: See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. Attendance is required. 1.6 PRE-BID RFIs All pre-bid RFIs shall be submitted to the Architect no later than See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’.. Responses to pre-bid RFIs will be distributed to all bidders. 1.7 EVALUATION OF BIDS Proposals received in accordance with the requirements of the bid documents from perspective bidders will be evaluated based on the following criteria: A. Overall competency and credibility of the bidder and his subcontractors as judged by the Owner in its sole discretion based on the consistency and reasonableness of the bid. B. Base Bid amount. C. Logic and completeness of the construction schedule. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 2 1.8 BID INFORMATION Bidders shall provide the following information: A. Designation of portions of the work to be self-performed. B. Names, addresses, telephone numbers, contractor license numbers and specialty of proposed C. Proposed Subcontractors and Schedule of Values (form provided). D. Contractor shall include cost of all trade permits and bonds. The building permit fee shall be paid by the Contractor and will be reimbursed via Change Order. In the event that the Owner or Architect has reasonable objections to a proposed subcontractor or material supplier, the apparent successful bidder shall consult with the Owner and Architect to determine an acceptable substitute subcontractor or material supplier, or an alternative method of procuring the work in question. The base bid will be adjusted accordingly. In the event that the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an acceptable substitute subcontractor or material supplier, or an alternative method of procuring the work, the Owner may disqualify the apparent successful bidder. 1.9 AWARD OF CONTRACT Award of Contract will be made as soon as practicable. Contract may be awarded to a responsible bidder other than the lowest money bidder, if it is in the best interests of the Owner. No proposals may be withdrawn pending execution of a Contract by successful bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any technical error, to accept any proposal, to reject any or all proposals. The Contract form will be a modified AIA A104-2017 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Project of Limited Scope. A draft copy of the Contract form has been included with the bid package. Owner shall endeavor to award the project within seven (7) days after the formal opening of proposals. The acceptance of a proposal will be a notice in writing, signed by the Owner, and no other act shall constitute the acceptance of a proposal. 1.10 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS Any bidder, upon their authorized representative's written request presented not later than the bid deadline, will be given permission to withdraw their proposal. At the time of bid opening, when such proposal is reached, it will be returned unread. 1.11 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS Owner reserves the right to waive any technical error and to reject any and/or all proposals. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any proposal which is incomplete, obscure, irregular, or having interlineation, erasure, or corrections may be rejected. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION Construction Commencement is tentatively scheduled for See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. Substantial Completion(Certificate of Occupancy) shall be See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. Final Completion shall be See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 1 SECTION 00 41 13 - BID FORM NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION BID FORM (EXAMPLE ONLY- USE BID PACKAGE BID FORM) Date: Navy Federal Credit Union – ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH 961 ATLANTIC BLVD., ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233 [Name of bidding company] (the “Bidder”) proposes, agrees and certifies as follows: 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK; RECEIPT OF BID DOCUMENTS; NEGOTIATION A. The Bidder shall, if its Bid (defined below) is selected by Navy Federal Credit Union (NFCU) 1. Furnish, provide and supply all labor, supervision (to include full-time, on-site supervision for the duration of the project), services, materials, items, equipment, and supplies (collectively, the “Labor and Materials”) 2. Perform all work associated with the construction of the Branch, all in strict accordance with the specifications, drawings, and the AIA A104 - 2017 contract (the “Contract Form”) previously delivered to the Bidder (such materials, the “Bid Documents”), as any of the same may be amended, modified or supplemented by NFCU or its Architect to the extent permitted by applicable law or any contractual limitations (collectively the “Work”). Note that the Contract contains modifications made by NFCU. B. Bidder acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Bid Documents. C. Bidder shall, if selected by NFCU, enter into negotiations with NFCU to finalize a construction contract substantially in the form of the Contract. NFCU may cease negotiations with the Bidder at any time and for any reason until a contract is fully executed. 1.2 LUMP SUM BID If selected by NFCU, the Bidder shall provide and supply the Labor and Materials and undertake and complete the Work for the following lump sum price: [$ ] The lump sum price listed above may not, in any circumstance, be increased, altered, or modified regardless of the actual cost of the Labor and Materials and/or the Work unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed to by NFCU in its sole discretion. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 2 1.3 BID DUE DATE; EFFECTIVENESS OF BID; BID REQUIREMENTS A. Bidder’s written bid (the “Bid”) must be received by the Architect & NAVY NO LATER THAN See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’. Bids and all required materials shall be emailed to: Cynthia Sours / INOX DESIGN, INC. Email: csours@inox-design.com Danny Hardy / Navy Federal Credit Union Email: danny_hardy@navyfederal.org Bids will remain open and subject to acceptance by NFCU for See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’ days after bid opening or for such longer period of time as the Bidders may agree to in writing. B. Any Bids received after the time specified above will not be reviewed or considered. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to confirm that their Bid was received. C. Bids must 1. Be on this form 2. Contain all required information 3. Be typed or legibly handwritten 4. Signed by an authorized representative of the Bidder 5. Be securely sealed D. NFCU reserves the right to issue supplements to this Bid Form or the Bid Documents via Addendum prior to the Closing Date. NFCU shall provide copies of any supplements to the contact person listed on the last page of this Bid form. The Bidder shall be required to address any supplements in order for its Bid to be considered by NFCU. 1.4 AWARD; REJECTION NFCU reserves the right, which it may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time and for any reason, to (i) accept any Bid, and (ii) reject any and all Bids. If all Bids are rejected by NFCU, NFCU will have the right to negotiate with the lowest bidder. 1.5 PROJECT START, DURATION, AND COMPLETION; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Work will commence on or about See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’ (with notice of award letter). B. Work shall be substantially complete on See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’ C. Final completion of the Work will be completed on See ‘Invitation to Bid Transmittal’ D. Bidder acknowledges that (i) the Contract Form contains liquidated damages provisions that apply if certain conditions are not satisfied, and (ii) that those provisions have been reviewed and are acceptable. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 3 1.6 REPRESENTATIONS The Bidder represents to NFCU that: A. It has visited the site of the Branch and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Labor and Materials and the Work. B. It is familiar with and is satisfied as to all applicable laws that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Labor and Materials and the Work. C. It does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies or data are necessary for the determination of the Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bid Documents. D. It is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by NFCU or others designated by NFCU relating to the Work, if any. E. It has given NFCU and its designated architect written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Bid Documents and that those matters have been satisfactorily resolved. F. The Bid Documents are sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. G. The below listed addendums have been received, examined and considered in connection with the Bidder’s submission of its Bid: Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date H. The Bid 1. Is not a sham bid 2. Has been authorized by all necessary actions of the Bidder 3. Is a valid act of the Bidder 4. has not been submitted on behalf of any other party I. It has not colluded, conspired, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder, entity or person with respect to this Bid (including, without limitation, any matters relating to pricing, refusals or agreements to bid, or otherwise), and the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited, or received any inducement or solicitation, from any other bidder to submit a false or sham bid. J. All statements, representations and certifications contained in the Bid are true and accurate. K. It is registered as a general contractor in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State/ Commonwealth where the Branch is located. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 4 1.7 SPECIAL TERMS A. The Bidder will, if selected by NFCU, and if required by any agreement entered into with NFCU, apply for and obtain, or if application has already been made, pick-up, any and all required permits for the Labor and Materials and/or the Work relating to the Branch. B. The Bidder acknowledges that, if selected, it will provide a warranty to NFCU as provided in the Contract. C. The Bidder acknowledges that, if selected, it will conduct post completion site evaluations of the Labor and Materials, and the Work and the Branch at such times as provided in the Contract Form-- those evaluations will ensure, among other things, that the Labor and Materials, and the Work and the Branch have remained free of deficiencies. D. The Bidder will, if selected by NFCU, submit all invoices within the time periods specified in the Contract Form. E. The Bidder acknowledges that it will, if selected by NFCU, be fully responsible for all of its employees, agents, subcontractors and other parties for which it is responsible, in accordance with the Contract Form. F. The Bidder has had the opportunity to, and has in fact, submitted any questions on this Bid Form and the Bid Documents to NFCU or the architect for the Branch selected by NFCU. G. NFCU will not provide reimbursement for any costs or expenses incurred in connection with any Bid or the preparation of any documents submitted with a Bid. H. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all materials submitted with the Bid will become the property of NFCU and will not be returned. Bidders may not submit any materials to NFCU that they do not have the legal right to submit. 1.8 BID SECURITY The following security requirements must be complied with by each bidder: NONE. 1.9 MANDATORY DOCUMENTS TO BE INCLUDED WITH A BID The following documents and items must be submitted for review with each Bid: Document Number of Pages A. NCFU Bid Template –CSI Trade Breakdown Form Construction which must be fully completed with a specified dollar amount for each item. If an item does not apply to this specific project, write “N/A”. The form is not to be modified in any manner. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 5 1.10 CONFIDENTIALITY BIDDER AGREES THAT THE BID DOCUMENTS, AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION, DESIGNS, SCHEMATICS AND ITEMS THAT IT HAS RECEIVED RELATING TO THE BRANCH AND/OR NFCU (i) ARE FOR ITS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE USE (ii) ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY (iii) EXCEPT AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION, AND MAY NOT BE RELEASED, DISTRIBUTED, TO ANY OTHER PARTY OR POSTED IN ANY PUBLIC FORMAT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, POSTINGS ON ANY PUBLIC WEBSITE, WITHOUT NFCU’S PRIOR CONSENT WHICH IT MAY WITHHOLD IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY YOUR SUBMITTAL OF A BID, YOU ARE AGREEING THAT YOU WILL BE LIABLE TO NFCU FOR ANY DAMAGES IT MAY INCUR AS A RESULT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS PROVISION AND/OR THAT NFCU MAY SEEK, AND THAT YOU WILL NOT OBJECT TO, ANY INJUNCTIVE RELIEF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH BREACH. B. A complete breakdown of General Conditions indicated on the CSI Trade Breakdown Form C. List of Proposed Subcontractors (once approved by NFCU, no changes shall be made without written approval of NFCU). D. A copy of your standard subcontractor agreement which must be approved by NFCU. E. Proof of insurance coverage (which must be on industry standard forms) in compliance with all requirements of Article 17 of A104. F. Clarifications & Exclusions (any allowances or exclusions in the Did must be qualified and quantified). G. Projected Schedule for completion of construction H. General Contractor Project Team List and Individual Bios (Background & Experience) NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BID FORM 00 41 13 - 6 1.11 SIGNATURE PAGE COMPANY NAME ADDRESS STATE REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE OF FORMATION OR LIST OF PARTNERS: NAME OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY SIGNATURE TITLE PHONE NUMBER FAX NUMBER EMAIL ADDRESS DATE END OF BID FORM NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SCHEDULE OF VALUES 00 43 36-1 SECTION 00 43 36 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (EXAMPLE) – EXCEL FORM PROVIDED IN BID PACKAGE NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SCHEDULE OF VALUES 00 43 36-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SCHEDULE OF VALUES 00 43 36-3 End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 - 1 SECTION 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Navy Federal Credit Union: ATLANTIC BEACH / FLORIDA 1. Project Location: 961 ATLANTIC BLVD, ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233 B. Owner: Navy Federal Credit Union C. Architect: INOX DESIGN, INC. D. The Work consists of the following: 1. Work includes construction of a new financial center. 2. Selective demolition of existing construction as indicated on Drawings. 3. Construction of interior tenant facilities within an existing building. E. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. F. The Contract Documents (i.e. – The Contract, Drawings, and Specifications) are the basis of the Scope of Work. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1. In the event of a conflict among the Contract Documents, immediately notify the Architect for resolution. 2. Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following order of priority: a) Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders and Bulletins) of later date take precedence over those of earlier date b) The Agreement c) Addenda of later date take precedence over those of earlier date d) Drawings and Specifications: Drawings govern Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts, the greater quantity and the better quality shall govern. G. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 48-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. 1. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. H. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 - 2 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a) The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.2 OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFCI) PRODUCTS A. All Owner furnished contractor installed (OFCI) items are indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work and provide support systems to receive Owner furnished items. 1. The Owner will provide necessary shop drawings, product data, and samples to the Contractor for Owner supplied items. 2. The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Following delivery, the Owner will inspect items delivered for damage. 4. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, the Owner will arrange for replacement. 5. The Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for the delivery of manufacturer's warranties to the appropriate Contractor. 6. The Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 7. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples and return them to the Architect noting discrepancies or problems anticipated in use of the product. 8. The Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-furnished items at the site. 9. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements. The Contractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. 1.3 OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED (OFOI) PRODUCTS A. The Owner will furnish and install certain equipment as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work and provide support systems to receive Owner installed items. 1. The Owner will provide necessary shop drawings, product data, and samples to the Contractor for coordination purposes. 2. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples and return them to the Architect noting discrepancies or problems anticipated in use of the product. 3. The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 - 3 4. The Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 5. Following delivery, the Owner will inspect items delivered for damage. 6. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, the Owner will arrange for replacement. 7. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements. The Contractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of their operations. 8. The Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for the delivery of manufacturer's warranties to the Owner. 1.4 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. General: The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. B. Concurrent Work: Owner has awarded separate contracts for the following construction operations at the Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. Those operations includes the following: 1. Telecommunications Contract 2. Sign Branding Contract 3. Security System Contract 4. Audio and Visual Equipment Contract 5. Furnishings Contract 1.5 OWNER SPECIFIC PRODUCT PROVIDERS A. The Contractor shall utilize the following product providers as their subcontractors for the specific work indicated. The Contractor shall contract and coordinate with these providers concerning all aspects of those portions of the Work. (None). 1.6 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of Landlord and/or authorities having jurisdiction. C. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes. 1.7 BUILDING PERMIT A. General: Contractor shall pay for Building Permit and be reimbursed via change order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SUMMARY OF WORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 - 1 SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. The Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and/or Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. After receipt of Proposal Request and within time specified in Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a) Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b) Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c) Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d) Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 - 2 4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 5. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests. 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, General Contractor will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714 “Construction Change Directive”. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. A Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 1 SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a) Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b) Submittal Schedule. c) Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect and Owner for review and approval within 15 days of starting construction operations. 3. Schedule of Values submitted in PDF format via email is acceptable. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: d) Project name and location. e) Name of Architect. f) Architect's project number. g) Contractor's name and address. h) Date of submittal. 2. Submit draft of AIA Document G702, “Application and Certificate for Payment” and AIA Document G703, “Continuation Sheets”. 3. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a) Related Specification Section or Division. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 2 b) Description of the Work. c) Name of subcontractor. d) Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e) Name of supplier. f) Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g) Dollar value. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. a) Provide separate labor and material costs for each line item. 5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar when possible; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a) Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If items stored off-site, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing, and photographs of stored items. 7. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a) Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work- in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 3 C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702, “Application and Certificate for Payment” and AIA Document G703 “Continuation Sheets” as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit signed and notarized Application for Payment to Architect and Owner for review and approval. 1. Application for Payment submitted in PDF format via email is acceptable. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of preconstruction conference. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 4 13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. 15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF PAYMENT PROCEDURES NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 1 SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination Drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Project meetings. 4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs). 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Pre-installation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. C. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 2 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 2. Advise the Owner and Architect promptly in writing of any changes in designated Key Personnel. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Conference: The Owner’s Construction PM shall schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, but no later than 15 days after execution of Contract. The preconstruction conference shall be held at the Project site if possible or another convenient location if necessary. The purpose of this meeting is to review responsibilities, expectations, personnel assignments, and other relevant project details. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Architect and their consultants; Contractor’s Project Manager and Superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including but not limited to the following: a) Tentative construction schedule. b) Phasing. c) Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d) Designation of key personnel and their duties. e) Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f) Procedures for requests for interpretations (RFIs). g) Procedures for testing and inspecting. h) Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. i) Distribution of the Contract Documents. j) Submittal procedures. k) Preparation of Record Documents. l) Use of the premises. m) Work restrictions. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 3 n) Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. o) Parking availability. p) Office, work, and storage areas. q) Equipment deliveries and priorities. r) First aid. s) Security. t) Progress cleaning. u) Working hours. 3. Minutes: The Architect shall record significant discussions and agreements achieved. The Architect shall distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned within three days of the meeting. B. Progress Meetings: The Architect shall schedule and conduct weekly progress meetings via conference call, unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests whenever possible. 1. Attendees: The Architect shall notify the Owner, the Contractor, and other involved participants of scheduled meeting dates and times. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: The Architect shall review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. a) Architect shall utilize the standard Weekly OAC Meeting Agenda form as provided by NFCU’s Design PM. b) Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of Change Orders. 14) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3. Minutes: The Architect shall record significant discussions and agreements achieved. The Architect shall distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned within three days of the meeting. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 4 4. Schedule Updating: Contractor shall revise the Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule to everyone concerned within three days of the meeting. 1.5 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI to the Architect in the form specified. 1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. 3. RFIs shall be submitted individually. Multiple or unrelated items shall be submitted as separate RFIs. 4. Submittal of RFIs in PDF file format via email is acceptable. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Contractor. 4. Name of Architect. 5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a) Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments. C. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in a form as agreed on by Architect and Contractor. 2. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow three (3) working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 5 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a) Requests for approval of submittals. b) Requests for approval of substitutions. c) Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d) Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e) Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f) Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. g) RFIs containing multiple questions or questions referring to more than one specification section. 3. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will start again with receipt of requested information. 4. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a) If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. Upon receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. F. RFI Log: The Architect and Contractor shall prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number for tracking purposes. Architect and Contractor shall exchange RFI logs prior to weekly progress meetings for review and comparison. Use RFI Log Form as agreed on by the Owner, with not less than the following information: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 1 SECTION 01 32 00- CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Construction Schedule (CPM). 2. Submittals Schedule. 3. Daily Construction Reports with photographs. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Schedule: Submit to Architect and Owner for review and approval within 15 days of starting construction operations. Construction Schedule submitted in PDF file format via email is acceptable. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Construction Schedule shall be arranged and formatted using the Critical Path Method (CPM). B. Submittals Schedule: Submit to Architect and Owner for review and approval within 15 days of starting construction operations. Submittal Schedule submitted in PDF file format via email is acceptable. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. C. Daily Construction Reports: Submit to Architect and Owner for review a daily report of construction operations. Daily Reports submitted in PDF file format via email are acceptable. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted at the end of each work day and contain the following information at a minimum: 1. Day and date of Report. 2. Site and weather conditions. 3. Summary of construction activities, including inspections performed. 4. Trades engaged on site and number of staff associated with each. 5. Delays, problems, or other issues encountered. 6. Photographs of construction activities. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 2 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties in- volved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used) END OF CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 1 SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. The Architect may issue electronic base files at its discretion and with the concurrence of the Owner. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submit- tals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a) Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Pro- gress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled perfor- mance of related construction activities. D. Submittals: Submit to Architect for review and approval. Owner’s Design and Construction PM shall be copied on all initial submittals and resubmittals; as well as response from Archi- tect. Submittals submitted in PDF file format via email are acceptable. E. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No exten- sion of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 5 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 5 days for review of each resubmittal. 3. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect, Owner, con- sultants, or other parties is indicated, allow 5 days for initial review of each submittal. F. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 2 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a) Project name. b) Date. c) Name and address of Architect. d) Name and address of Contractor. e) Name and address of subcontractor. f) Name and address of supplier. g) Name of manufacturer. h) Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 00 61 00.01). Resub- mittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 00 61 00.01.A). i) Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k) Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l) Other necessary identification. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and han- dling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form provided by, or reviewed by the Ar- chitect. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a) Project name. b) Date. c) Destination (To:). d) Source (From:). e) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f) Category and type of submittal. g) Submittal purpose and description. h) Specification Section number and title. i) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j) Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. k) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. l) Remarks. m) Signature of transmitter. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form as initial submittal. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 3 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of re- vision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "No Exceptions Taken” or “Reviewed as Noted" from Architect's action stamp. I. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "No Exceptions Taken” or “Reviewed as Noted" from Architect's action stamp. J. Contractor’s Responsibility for Delivery of Submittals: The General Contractor is responsi- ble for the costs and methods of delivery to the Architect and pick-up of reviewed submittals from the Architect upon notification that submittals are ready for Contractor pick-up. 1. No extension of the Contract time will be authorized because of Contractor’s failure to transmit and pick-up submittals suitably in advance of the Work to permit processing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sec- tions. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a) Manufacturer's written recommendations. b) Manufacturer's product specifications. c) Manufacturer's installation instructions. d) Standard color charts. e) Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f) Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g) Printed performance curves. h) Operational range diagrams. i) Mill reports. j) Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k) Compliance with specified referenced standards. l) Testing by recognized testing agency. m) Application of testing agency labels and seals. n) Notation of coordination requirements. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 4 o) Unit of Measure (i.e., lbs, yard, lf etc.) p) Substantiated weight of material in unit of measure q) Substantiated cost per unit of measure. r) Percent of salvaged or refurbished material (including receipts). 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the fol- lowing information, as applicable: a) Dimensions. b) Identification of products. c) Fabrication and installation drawings. d) Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e) Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f) Shop work manufacturing instructions. g) Templates and patterns. h) Schedules. i) Design calculations. j) Compliance with specified standards. k) Notation of coordination requirements. l) Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m) Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n) Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o) Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 3. Submission: shop drawings shall be submitted digitally, in PDF format, whenever pos- sible. Review comments will be returned in the same PDF format. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics be- tween submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories to- gether in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 5 a) Generic description of Sample. b) Product name and name of manufacturer. c) Sample source. d) Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a) Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b) Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a) Number of Samples: Submit a minimum of three full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return one set of submittal with options selected. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a) Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. In- clude the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 6 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise in- dicated. Architect will return two copies. a) Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Sec- tion "Construction Progress Documentation" for Contractor’s action. G. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construc- tion Progress Documentation." H. Contractor’s Certificate and Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." I. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." J. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabri- cated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicat- ed. Architect will return two copies. a) Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of re- viewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been re- viewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate review action taken. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 7 C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will re- turn it if it does not comply with requirements for resubmittal. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be re- turned without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be dis- carded. END OF SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 1 SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.2 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 2 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that is similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 3 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a) Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and re- inspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service to Contractor and Owner. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 4 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF QUALITY REQUIREMENTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 1 SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, ob- tain copies directly from publication source. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 2 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF REFERENCES NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 1 SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities. 4. Heating and cooling facilities. 5. Ventilation. 6. Electric power service. 7. Lighting. 8. Telephone service. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Temporary roads and paving. 2. Dewatering facilities and drains. 3. Project identification and temporary signs. 4. Waste disposal facilities. 5. Field offices. 6. Storage and fabrication sheds. 7. Lifts and hoists. 8. Temporary elevator usage. 9. Temporary stairs. 10. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Environmental protection. 2. Storm water control. 3. Tree and plant protection. 4. Pest control. 5. Site enclosure fence. 6. Security enclosure and lockup. 7. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 8. Covered walkways. 9. Temporary enclosures. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 2 10. Temporary partitions. 11. Fire protection. 1.2 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Architect. 3. Testing agencies. 4. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction, at Project site. C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for tempo- rary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously as- signed responsibilities. B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 3 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. C. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. D. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. E. Water: Potable. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Field Offices: Prefabricated Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading. 1. Comply with Local Codes for Hurricane Resistant tie-downs. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size re- quired by location and class of fire exposure. D. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. E. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper cup supply. F. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having ju- risdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed. G. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. H. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 4 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be inter- rupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is availa- ble, provide trucked-in services. B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner. 1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. 2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials. 3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. 4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify ef- fluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. 1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site. 2. As soon as water is required at each level, extend service to form a temporary water- and fire-protection standpipe. Provide distribution piping. Space outlets so water can be reached with a 100-foot hose. Provide one hose at each outlet. 3. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. 4. Provide pumps to supply a minimum of 30-psi static pressure at highest point. Equip pumps with surge and storage tanks and automatic controls to supply water uniformly at reasona- ble pressures. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 5 D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material. 2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel. 3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled. a) Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience, safety, and sanitation of personnel. 4. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units. a) Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F. 5. Locate toilets and drinking-water fixtures so personnel need not walk more than two stories vertically or 200 feet (60 m) horizontally to facilities. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where fin- ished Work has been installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. 1. Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used. 2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to dam- age. H. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if sin- gle lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 6 2. Provide warning signs at power outlets other than 110 to 120 V. 3. Provide metal conduit, tubing, or metallic cable for wiring exposed to possible damage. Provide rigid steel conduits for wiring exposed on grades, floors, decks, or other traffic are- as. 4. Provide metal conduit enclosures or boxes for wiring devices. 5. Provide 4-gang outlets, spaced so 100-foot extension cord can reach each area for power hand tools and task lighting. Provide a separate 125-V ac, 20-A circuit for each outlet. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements with- out operating entire system. 2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft., uniformly distributed, for general lighting, or equivalent illumination. 3. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas. 4. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per story in stairways and ladder runs, located to il- luminate each landing and flight. 5. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction op- erations, traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each field office and first-aid station. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a) In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair of occupants. b) Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a) Police and fire departments (911). b) Ambulance service. c) Contractor's home office. d) Architect's office. e) Engineers' offices. f) Owner's office. g) Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. 3. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving tele- phone calls when away from field office. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 7 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. 1. Provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposit- ed. 2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed infor- mation for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide infor- mation on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials. a) Provide resources or labor sufficient to divert at least 50% of the construction waste created on the project from the waste stream and landfills. Implement a Construction Waste Management Plan by either sorting into separate dumpsters or procuring a waste hauling or recycling firm that verifies 50% of the construction waste is diverted. Provide a Summary showing type of waste diverted, recycling hauler or location or the agent used, quantity of waste recycled and unit of measurement. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site. 1. Obtain acceptance of authorities having jurisdiction at the Project site prior to placement as may be permitted. 2. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood. 3. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer. D. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. E. Temporary Elevator Usage: Refer to Division 14 Sections for temporary use of new elevators. F. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished permanent stairs with protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 8 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site. B. Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or pest-control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests. Engage this pest-control service to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. 1. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges, and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8-inch- thick ex- terior plywood. D. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather tight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide in- sulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. 2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials. 3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction. 4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials. 5. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq. ft. in area, use fire- retardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing. E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch gypsum wall- board with joints taped on occupied side, and 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on construc- tion side. 2. Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the side walls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch fire-retardant plywood. a) Construct a vestibule and airlock at each entrance to temporary enclosure with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 9 3. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 5. Protect air-handling equipment. 6. Weather-strip openings. F. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Coordinate temporary fire protection with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdic- tion at the Project Site. 2. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. a) Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. b) Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. c) Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 3. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 4. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. 5. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 6. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete instal- lation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place into op- eration and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. 7. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and infor- mation. 8. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas. Hang hos- es with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 9. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 10 B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection systems as they become available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and side- walks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. 4. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construc- tion period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Proce- dures." END OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES 01 56 10 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 01 56 10 TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Temporary protection of outdoor indoor intakes to control airborne contaminants and fumes generated by construction activities including but not limited to; grinding, sanding, cutting, mixing, welding or similar operations. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. 23 01 01 Mechanical Maintenance & Air Quality during Construction 2. 01 56 16 Temporary Dust Barriers & Construction Air Quality Control Plan 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Provide a basic sketch or drawing describing the following for the Owner and Architect’s review as part of compliance with specification 23 01 01: 1. Location of outdoor air intakes of concern and temporary barriers. 2. Temporary Air filtration, materials or equipment to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NONE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 All construction projects shall include well-defined requirements to provide temporary methods to protect existing outside air intakes of nearby facilities. This also includes intake protection of existing/occupied portions of current project to which this specification/project manual applies. 3.2 Protective methods shall prevent dust/debris and odors from construction activities (sitework, demolition or new work) from being drawn into mechanical systems. Methods shall protect all existing HVAC system components (louvers, dampers, ductwork, filters, coils, fans, control sensors, etc.) from damage and deterioration due to dirt buildup and to maintain acceptable indoor air quality. 3.3 Methods may include, but not necessarily limited to, any combination of the following: A. particulate air filtration, TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES 01 56 10 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. noxious or hazardous odor/gas/volatile compounds/noxious fume filtration-absorption, C. temporary extensions of outside air intakes to avoid very localized sources of contamination. 3.4 Communications: The Owner & Architect shall coordinate communications between adjacent/existing building Owners, tenants and all other parties which could be impacted by construction/work to which this project manual applies. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY DUST BARRIERS & CONSTRUCTION AIR QUALITY 01 56 16 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 01 56 16 TEMPORARY DUST BARRIERS & CONSTRUCTION AIR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Temporary barrier works to control airborne contaminants and fumes generated by construction activities including but not limited to; grinding, sanding, cutting, mixing, welding or similar operations. 2. Construction Air Quality Control Plan related requirements related to the primary Specification that governs Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) management under section 23 01 01 B. Related Sections include the following: 1. 23 01 01 Mechanical Maintenance & Air Quality during Construction 2. 01 56 10 Temporary Protection of Outdoor Air Intakes 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Provide a basic sketch or drawing describing the following for the Owner and Architect’s review as part of compliance with specification 23 01 01: 1. Location of temporary barriers, indicating materials to be used. 2. Location of walk off mats. 3. Location of proposed means of negative air pressure discharge or temporary filtration systems. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION AIR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN REQUIREMENTS A. Source Control: 1. No gas powered equipment shall be used in the building except as authorized by the Owner, and if used, the means for the direct discharge of the exhaust to the exterior shall be coordinated in advance of work activities with the Owner. 2. Minimize or eliminate the use of high VOC materials to the extent possible. 3. Minimize cuttings in the inside work area. Cut materials away from the inside work area when practicable. TEMPORARY DUST BARRIERS & CONSTRUCTION AIR QUALITY 01 56 16 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 4. Provide ongoing housekeeping to minimize fine particle debris and remove residue of cuttings, grinding or sanding as soon as practicable. 5. Utilize sweeping compounds, wet sanding and other methods of dust suppression as practicable to limit airborne particulates. 6. Containers with liquids that emit VOCs shall be kept closed when not in use and as practicable during use. This requirement shall not be construed to mean for example that painters must keep paint cans and trays that are in use covered thus interfering with the work in progress. 7. No smoking shall be permitted in the work area. 8. Absorptive finish materials and furniture shall be covered to prevent or minimize absorption of fumes or odors. 9. Scheduling: to the extent practicable the contractor shall schedule the work activities by subcontractor’s to minimize the exposure of personnel and finish materials to dust or odor producing operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Polyethylene Sheet min 6 mil reinforced fire resistive type. B. Visqueen plastic sheeting 6 mil minimum. C . Modular Dust Wall, barrier systems Zipwall or equal www.zipwall.com D. Temporary Air Filtration Systems E. Vacuum cleaners with HEPA Filters F. Walk off Mats, Use Adhesive surface type where and when possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1: Erect temporary barriers and install dust control devices as coordinated with the Owner and Architect per the submittals and requirements of this section and related specification sections. 3.2: Communications: Regarding inspections, project status, and IAQ measures in place shall occur at regular intervals or at milestones as agreed by the Owner, GC and Architect. The Owner shall coordinate communications with its on site staff in occupied spaces adjacent to the work. 3.3 Tracking & Documentation : The Contractor shall include the status and details of the implementation of the IAQ plan it its regular project communications with the Owner and the Architect. END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1 SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 2 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for observation and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation and climate control adequate to prevent condensation and deterioration. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.5 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Documents." NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 3. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 1 SECTION 01 73 00 – EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General installation of products. 2. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of installed construction. 6. Correction of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of building improvements, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning utility placement, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of san- itary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a) Description of the Work. b) List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c) List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d) Recommended corrections. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 2 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Pro- ceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling unless noted otherwise. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 3 D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction forces. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Pre-installation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at pre-installation con- ferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend pre- installation conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the tempera- ture is expected to rise above 90 deg F. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 4 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. Protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 5 A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF EXECUTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 20 - 1 SECTION 01 73 20 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or perfor- mance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to pro- ceed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how it will be performed, and indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to struc- tural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted. 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to struc- tural elements, submit details and signed and sealed engineering calculations showing in- tegration of reinforcement with original structure. 7. Architect's Review: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Review does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsat- isfactory work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. 1. Obtain Architect’s and Engineer’s review of the cutting and patching proposal before cut- ting and patching the following structural elements: a) Foundation construction. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 20 - 2 b) Bearing and retaining walls. c) Structural concrete. d) Structural steel. e) Lintels. f) Structural decking. g) Stair systems. h) Miscellaneous structural metals. i) Exterior curtain wall construction. j) Equipment supports. k) Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related compo- nents in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating el- ements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems. 7. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related com- ponents in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in re- ducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in vis- ual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would reduce the building's aesthetic NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 20 - 3 qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review ar- eas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possi- ble. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when in- stalled, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patch- ing are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, in- cluding compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been correct- ed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing ser- vices/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such ser- vices/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 20 - 4 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their origi- nal condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammer- ing and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a dia- mond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be re- moved. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent en- trance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar op- erations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as in- visible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements speci- fied in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demon- strate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restora- tion into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patch- ing and refinishing. a) Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b) Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area in- to another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and ap- pearance. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 20 - 5 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather tight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Com- pletely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF CUTTING AND PATCHING NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 1 SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for closeout proce- dures, including but not limited to, the following: 1. Final Cleaning. 2. Substantial Completion. 3. Demonstration and Training a) Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. b) Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Punch List. 5. Final Completion. 1.2 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipol- lution regulations. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting Architect’s field observation for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following: 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use (beneficial occupancy) of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certif- icates, and similar releases. 4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 5. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Consult Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 6. Complete startup testing of systems. 7. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, con- struction tools, and similar elements. 9. Advise Owner of changeover of all utilities. 10. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 2 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Architect’s Field Observation: Submit a written request for observation for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion after observation or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. AIA- G704- 2000 Certificate of Substantial Completion form shall be used. 2. Subsequent Architect’s Field Observation: Request subsequent observation when the Work identified in previous observation as incomplete is completed or corrected. 3. Results of completed observation will form the basis of requirements for Final Comple- tion. 1.4 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. SUBMITTALS 1. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstra- tion and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module to the Architect. Include learning objec- tive and outline for each training module. a) At completion of training, submit one complete training manual(s) for Owner's use. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with re- quirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. COORDINATION 1. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations. 2. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. 3. Coordinate content of training modules with content of operation and maintenance manu- als. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit punch list including name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of con- struction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceed- ing from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 3 individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a) Project name. b) Date. c) Name of Architect. d) Name of Contractor. e) Page number. 1.6 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final observation for determining date of Fi- nal Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Proce- dures." 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for ac- ceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance re- quirements. 4. Submit pest-control certificates, final field report and warranty. B. Architect’s Field Observation: Submit a written request for final inspection for ac- ceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with observation or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Pay- ment after observation or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Subsequent Architect’s Field Observation: Request subsequent observation when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FINAL CLEANING A. MATERIALS 1. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 2.2 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. INSTRUCTION PROGRAM 1. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training mod- ules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Speci- fication Sections, and as follows: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 4 a) HVAC systems, including air-handling equipment air distribution systems and terminal equipment and devices. b) HVAC instrumentation and controls. c) Electrical service and distribution, including transformers switchboards panel boards uninterruptible power supplies and motor controls. d) Lighting equipment and controls. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipol- lution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting observation for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a) Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. b) Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. c) Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. d) Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. e) Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. f) Remove labels that are not permanent. g) Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. h) Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment or keys, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. i) Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 5 j) Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. k) Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. l) Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. m) Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. n) Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report. D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. PREPARATION 1. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual. 2. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. B. INSTRUCTION 1. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and main- tain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. a) Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. 2. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. a) Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice. 3. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove in- structional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. END OF CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 1 SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for closeout documents, including but not limited to, the following: 1. WARRANTIES (as indicated in individual spec sections) a) Provide warranties in accordance with applicable statutes adopted in the jurisdiction of the Project site, as a minimum, but in no case shall the required warranties and warranty period be less than that stated in the applicable individual Specification Sections. b) Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 02 through 48. c) Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 2. PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS (As-built Drawings) 3. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS a) Operation and maintenance documentation directory. b) Emergency manuals. c) Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. d) Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes and systems and equipment. 4. OTHER DOCUMENTS: a) Subcontractors List (including addresses and phone numbers) b) All inspections, permits, and temporary and final Certificates of Occupancy c) AIA documents G704-2000, G706- 1994, G706A- 1994, and G707- 1994 (including all required exhibits or attachments) B. In addition to required hard copies, submit all required documents in PDF file format on CD; two (2) copies. C. Final Closeout Documents shall be submitted to the A/E or owner within 90 days from substantial completion. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties: preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 2 the Owner. B. Special Warranties: written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. C. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. D. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty for the balance of the warranty period. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintenance Manual Preparation: In preparation of manuals, use personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the maintenance of the material or finish involved, or in the maintenance of the equipment or system involved. 1. Where manuals require written instructions, use the personnel skilled in technical writing where necessary for communication of essential data. 2. Where manuals require drawings or diagrams, use draftspersons capable of preparing drawings clearly in an understandable format. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. WARRANTIES 1. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) copy of Warranty manual in final form to Architect for review and comment. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 3 a) Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit two (2) copies of each corrected (final) manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments. b) When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for review prior to final execution. c) Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 02 through 48 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. d) All Warranty commencement dates shall be equal to the Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 2. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. a) Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. b) Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS, the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. c) When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS 2. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) copy of each manual in final form to Architect for review and comment. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days. a) Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit two (2) copies of each corrected (final) manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments. C. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) copy of (as-built) record drawings in final form to Architect for review and comment. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days. a) Correct or modify drawings to comply with Architect's comments. Submit two (2) copies of each corrected (final) record drawings within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 4 1.6 COORDINATION A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a) Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b) Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c) Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a) Dimensional changes to Drawings. b) Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c) Depths of foundations below first floor. d) Locations and depths of underground utilities. e) Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f) Revisions to electrical circuitry. g) Actual equipment locations. h) Duct size and routing. i) Locations of concealed internal utilities. j) Changes made by Change Order, Change Directive, or Construction Field Change. k) Changes made following Architect's written orders. l) Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m) Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n) Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 5 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Identification: As follows: a) Project name. b) Date. c) Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d) Name of Architect. e) Name of Contractor. 2.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY 1. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following: a) Table of contents. b) List of documents. c) List of systems. d) List of equipment. e) List of building interior products, materials and finishes. f) List of building exterior products, materials and finishes. g) List of warranties and guarantees with guide reference to Warranties and Bonds Manual. 2. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. 3. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. 4. List of Interior Products, Materials and Finishes: List exposed products, materials and finishes organized alphabetically. 5. List Exterior Products, Materials and Finishes: List exposed products, materials and finishes organized alphabetically. 6. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 6 to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." B. MANUALS, GENERAL 1. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: a) Title page. b) Table of contents. c) Manual contents. 2. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: a) Subject matter included in manual. b) Name and address of Project. c) Name and address of Owner. d) Date of submittal. e) Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. f) Name and address of Architect. g) Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 4. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. a) Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. b) File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. 5. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. a) Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 7 1) If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. 2) Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. b) Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. c) Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. d) Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. e) Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. 1) If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. 2) If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. C. MANUAL CONTENT 1. In each manual, include information specified in the individual Specification section and the following information where applicable for each major component: a) General material, finish, system or equipment description. b) Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data. c) Material, finish, system or equipment identification, including: 1) Name of manufacturer. 2) Model number. 3) Serial number of each component. d) Maintenance procedures and schedules. e) Precautions against improper use and maintenance. f) Copies of warranties and service contracts. g) Sources of required maintenance materials and related services. h) Table of Contents: After title page, include a typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged systematically according to the Specifications format. Include a list of each product included, identified by product name or other appropriate identifying symbol and indexed to the content of the volume. Where more than one volume is NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 8 required to accommodate the data, provide a comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. i) General Information: Provide a general information section immediately following table of contents, listing each product included in the manual, identified by product name. Under each product, list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer and the maintenance contractor. Clearly delineate the extent of responsibility for each of these entities. Include a local source for replacement parts for equipment. j) Product Data: Where the manuals include manufacturer's standard printed data, include only those sheets that are pertinent to the part or product installed. Mark each sheet to identify each part or product included in the installation. Where the Project includes more than one item contained in the product data, identify each item, using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data that is applicable to the installation, and delete references to information that is not applicable. k) Written Text: Prepare written text to provide necessary information where manufacturer's standard printed data is not available, and the information is necessary for proper maintenance of materials or finishes, or for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. Prepare written text where it is necessary to provide additional information or to supplement data included elsewhere in the manual. Organize text in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. Where necessary, provide a logical sequence of instruction for each operation or maintenance procedure. l) Drawings: Provide specially prepared drawings where necessary to supplement manufacturer's printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment or systems or to provide control or flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Project Record Drawings to assure correct illustration of the completed installation. m) Warranties and Service Contracts: Provide a copy of each warranty or service contract in the appropriate manual for the information of the Owner’s designated operating personnel. Provide written data outlining procedures to follow in the event of product failure. List circumstances and conditions that would affect the validity of warranty. D. EMERGENCY MANUALS 1. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: a) Type of emergency. b) Emergency instructions. c) Emergency procedures. 2. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: a) Fire. b) Flood. c) Gas leak. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 9 d) Water leak. e) Power failure. f) Water outage. g) System, subsystem, or equipment failure. h) Chemical release or spill. 3. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's designated operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. 4. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: a) Instructions on stopping. b) Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. c) Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. d) Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. e) Special operating instructions and procedures. E. OPERATION MANUALS 1. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: a) System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b) Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c) Operating standards. d) Operating procedures. e) Operating logs. f) Wiring diagrams. g) Control diagrams. h) Piped system diagrams. i) Precautions against improper use. j) License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. 2. Descriptions: Include the following: a) Product name and model number. b) Manufacturer's name. c) Equipment identification with serial number of each component. d) Equipment function. e) Operating characteristics. f) Limiting conditions. g) Performance curves. h) Engineering data and tests. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 10 i) Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. 3. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: a) Startup procedures. b) Equipment or system break-in procedures. c) Routine and normal operating instructions. d) Regulation and control procedures. e) Instructions on stopping. f) Normal shutdown instructions. g) Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. h) Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. i) Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. 5. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. F. BUILDING MATERIALS MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish used in building. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. 2. Source Information: List each product included in the manual and identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. 3. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: a) Product name and model number. b) Manufacturer's name. c) Color, pattern, and texture. d) Material and chemical composition. e) Reordering information for specially manufactured products. 4. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: a) Inspection procedures. b) Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c) List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d) Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. e) Repair instructions. 5. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 11 and related services. 6. Moisture Protection and Products Exposed to the Weather: Provide complete manufacturer's data with instructions for the inspection, maintenance and repair of products exposed to the weather or designed for moisture-protection purposes. a) List of Products: Data information is required for, but is not limited to the following: 1) Roofing Materials. 2) Joint Sealants. 3) Paint products. 4) Waterproofing products. 5) Door and Window units. b) Manufacturer's Data: Provide detailed manufacturer's information, including the following, as applicable. 1) Applicable standards. 2) Chemical composition. 3) Installation details. 4) Inspection procedures. 5) Maintenance information. 6) Repair procedures. c) Include manufacturer's recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 7. Schedule for Cleaning and Maintenance: Provide complete information in the materials and finishes manual on products specified in Divisions 02 through 48. 8. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. a) Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. G. SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. 2. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. 3. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: a) Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 12 b) Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. c) Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. d) List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 4. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: a) Test and inspection instructions. b) Troubleshooting guide. c) Precautions against improper maintenance. d) Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. e) Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. f) Demonstration and training videotape, if available. 5. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. a) Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. b) Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. 6. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. 7. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance Agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. 8. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. a) Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE 1. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. 2. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 - 13 deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect’s reference during normal working hours. 3.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. MANUAL PREPARATION 1. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 2. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. 3. Building Materials and Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. 4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. a) Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. b) Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's designated operating personnel. 5. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 6. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. a) Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. b) Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." 7. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19-1 SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling selective demolition. 1.2 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide all demolition as shown on the drawings and as specified below. The demolition shown on the drawings and as specified is only a guide. Provide any demolition that is not shown on the drawings or in the specifications which is required to complete the demolition, or to fit the new work. B. ALL ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED ARE TO BE REVIEWED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DISPOSE OF ALL ITEMS THE OWNER DOES NOT WISH TO RETAIN. 1. Items to be returned to the Owner/Institution to be reviewed at Pre-Construction meeting. 2. Final procedures for and locations of returning the demolished items will be determined by the Architect and Owner at the Pre-Construction meeting. C. Work stipulated herein affects prime and subcontractors, and is a general description; such applies to similar conditions arising throughout, even though not stated. D. NO ATTEMPT IS MADE TO STIPULATE EVERY REQUIRED ITEM OF DEMOLITION AND PATCHING, EITHER ON DRAWINGS OR IN SPECIFICATIONS. PRIME AND SUBCONTRACTORS MUST VISIT AND STUDY PHYSICAL CONDITIONS AT SITE, REVIEW DRAWINGS, AND REACH THEIR OWN CONCLUSIONS ON WORK NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH INTENDED RESULTS DESCRIBED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. E. Certain work to be removed is designated on drawings and outlined in specifications for benefits of bidders, but even at such areas, complete list of work items required shall be bidder's responsibility. 1.3 PROTECTION: A. Complete demolitions and patching throughout so that at no time shall any portion of existing work be in danger. Maintain weather tight at all times. B. Provide weather tight, dust-tight, insulated barricades at exterior and interior locations approved by Owner's representative to isolate demolition work when continuing operations in existing structure could be adversely affected by the work. No dust/weather barricades permitted overnight. New work must be installed immediately in openings in order to maintain secure integrity of facility. If required due to unforeseen conditions, the opening cannot be made secure before the end of the work day, a temporary security barricade as designated on the drawings is to be installed at the opening. C. At completion, remove barricades, debris, dust, etc. and perform required cleanup stipulated elsewhere for each section of work. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19-2 1.4 UTILITIES A. Rules and regulations governing the respective utilities shall be observed executing work. B. Active utilities shown on drawings shall be adequately protected from damage, and moved or relocated only as indicated or specified. C. Active utilities not shown on the drawings shall be protected or relocated according to written instructions of the Owner or Architect. D. Inactive or abandoned utilities encountered in operations shall be removed to at least 18" below or adjacent to new work, and plugged or capped. Report to the Owner's representative and Architect in writing the location of such abandoned lines . 1.5 TASKS A. Secure and pay for required demolition permits. B. Perform exterior on-site demolitions required, necessitated by construction or otherwise required by contract documents. C. Perform exterior and interior removals such as wood, masonry, steel and/or concrete, framing, etc., including cutting new openings together with whatever repairs or other work as necessary to accomplish same. Openings necessary for plumbing, electrical and HVAC work will be performed by their respective trades, or as directed on the project drawings. D. Off-site disposal of debris resulting from demolition. E. Overall repair of general items, such as patching raw, unformed, or cut edges concrete; toothing of brick, stone, etc. to be exposed. F. Patching of interior finishes such as plaster, gypsum board, ceramic tile, flooring and base, acoustical tile, etc. required at cut-into locations as well as any new such shown in existing constructions. This work shall match existing work throughout, and be in accordance with appropriate sections of project specifications. G. Painting and like finishing of patched or new surfaces, either to match present abutting finishes. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide, erect and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. B. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings. C. Take precautions to protect the existing floors, walls, etc. that are to remain. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage to the building, its contents or the site during the construction process. D. Prevent movement of structure. Provide required bracing and shoring. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas. B. The Contractor is responsible to provide temporary shoring as required to maintain the existing structure. The method of shoring is the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger. Notify A/E. Do not resume operations until directed. D. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19-3 3.3 PROCEDURE A. Disconnect, remove or cap and identify designated utilities within demolition areas. B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing supporting structural members. C. Except where noted otherwise, remove demolished materials from site. Do not burn or bury materials on site. D. Remove equipment and materials to be re-installed in a manner to prevent damage. Store and protect. E. Conduct an inventory of equipment and materials to be retained. Remove items designated by the Owner as salvageable in a manner to prevent damage. F. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Upon completion of work, leave areas in clean condition. G. Remove temporary work. End of Section MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 2. Wood furring and grounds. 3. Plywood backing panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Sheathing." 2. Division 06 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 3. Division 06 Section "Sheathing." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 2. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Deliver interior wood materials that are to be exposed to view only after building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work other than painting is dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and humidity at occupancy levels. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. B. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Concealed blocking. 2. Roof construction. 3. Plywood backing panels. D. Interior Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Acceptable product; subject to compliance with specified requirements: 1. Hickson Corporation, Dricon. 2. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Pyro-Guard. 3. Description: Pressure-impregnated with a chemical retardant tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) to provide a 25 maximum flame spread when tested in accord with ASTM E84-07, subject to extended thirty minute duration showing no progress in flame spread of more than 10'-6" beyond centerline of burners, with no evidence of significant progressive combustion. 4 . Surface burning characteristics: FR-S rating in accord with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 5. AWPA standard: a. Lumber: C20-02, Interior Type A. b. Plywood: C27-02, Interior Type A. 6. Seasoning; kiln-dried after treatment to the following maximum moisture content: a. Lumber: 19%. b. Plywood: 15%. 7. Hygroscopicity: Maximum 28% equilibrium moisture content when tested in accord with ASTM D3201-07 at 92% relative humidity. 8. Use: As required by codes. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL E. Exterior Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: 1. Acceptable product; subject to compliance with specified requirements: a. Hickson Corporation, Dricon. b. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Pyro-Guard. BASIS OF DESIGN: PYRO-GUARD EXTERIOR FIRE–X or equal. 2. Description: Pressure-impregnated with a chemical retardant tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) to provide a 25 maximum flame spread (Class A) when tested in accord with ASTM E84. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Cants. 4. Furring. 5. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and the following species and grades: D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior, AC in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c. E. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. F. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. G. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.10.1 "Fastening Schedule," in IBC 2015 International Building Code. H. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1- 1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install 1-by-3-inch nominal size furring horizontally at 24 inches o.c. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA- registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-1 SECTION 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic-laminate and wood veneer cabinets. 2. Plastic-laminate countertops. 3. Solid-Surfacing-material / Quartz Stone countertops. 4. Shop finishing of interior woodwork. 5. Ventilation fans, also see drawings A160 and A400 General Millwork Notes. 6. Grommets and other hardware, also see drawings A160 & A400 Series. * Drawing cross references above provided for coordination, see all drawings as applicable to the scope of work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including cabinet hardware and accessories and finishing materials and processes. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures and other items installed in architectural woodwork. C. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. D. Submit electronic copies of shop drawings to Architect for review and 1 copy of shop drawings to Owner for concurrent review as outlined in Section 013300- “Submittal Procedures”. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork. B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood veneer Species: ( NOT USED) See drawings. C. Wood Products: Comply with the following: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD. 3. Particleboard is PROHIBITED 4. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or, if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard and drawings. See Finish Schedule. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-3 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering high- pressure decorative laminates as scheduled on drawings by one of the following: a. Formica Corporation. b. Arborite c. Wilsonart E. Solid-Surfacing Materials: See Finish Schedule. 2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this Article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire- test-response characteristics specified. 1. Do not use treated materials that do not comply with requirements of referenced woodworking standard or that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials. 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Comply with performance requirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Use the following treatment type: 1. Exterior Type: Organic-resin-based formulation thermally set in wood by kiln drying. 2. Interior Type A: Low-hygroscopic formulation. 3. Kiln-dry materials before and after treatment to levels required for untreated materials. 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE & ACCESSORIES: SEE MILLWORK HARDWARE SCHEDULE A400 A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural woodwork. B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A156.9. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-4 D. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement, Contact cement. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Premium-grade interior woodwork complying with referenced quality standard. B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. C. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. D. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members 3/4 Inch Thick or Less: 1/16 inch. E. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. F. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. G. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. 2.6 WOOD VENEER CABINETS (NOT USED) A. Grade: Premium B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. C. Wood Species and Cut for Exposed Surfaces: (NOT USED) 1. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match. 2. Vertical Matching of Veneer Leaves: End match. D. Semi-exposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Same species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-5 E. Provide dust panels of 1/4-inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 2.7 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETS A. Grade: CUSTOM GRADE B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. C. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS . 2. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS. 3. Edges: Grade VGS. D. Materials for Semi exposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade VGS. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood. E. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated on drawings. F. Provide dust panels of 1/4-inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 2.8 PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: HGP. B. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated on drawings. C. Edge Treatment: As indicated on drawings. D. Core Material at Sinks: MDF made with exterior glue. 2.9 SOLID-SURFACING-MATERIAL/STONE COUNTERTOPS A. Solid-Surfacing-Material Thickness: As indicated on drawings. B. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors of solid- surfacing material complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated on drawings. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 06 40 23-6 C. Fabricate tops in one piece, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid-surfacing-material manufacturers written recommendations for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. 1. Fabricate tops with shop-applied edges of materials and configuration indicated. 2. Fabricate tops with shop-applied backsplashes at vanities and loose backsplashes for field application at all other locations. D. Install integral sink bowls in countertops in shop. E. Drill holes in countertops for plumbing fittings in shop. 2.10 SHOP FINISHING A. General: Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. C. Wood Veneer (NOT USED) 1. As indicated on drawings. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23-7 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and back priming. C. Millwork installer shall have reviewed shop drawings on hand during the installation so that review comments, coordination notes, or special instructions are available and understood by the installer on site. Although this is obvious it is important to avoid field errors. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. F. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. G. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23-8 H. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Align adjacent solid-surfacing-material countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 2. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive. 4. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." I. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Foam Plastic Board Insulation (cavity wall continuous insulation) 2. Foam Board Perimeter insulation (slab edge) 3. Glass fiber concealed building insulation. 4. Mineral wool sound attenuation insulation. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for insulation installed in cavity walls and masonry cells. 2. Division 07 section “Thermoplastic membrane Roofing” 3. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" for installation in metal-framed assemblies of insulation specified by referencing this Section. 4. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 5. Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Insulation composed of rock-wool fibers, slag-wool fibers, or glass fibers; produced in boards and blanket with latter formed into batts (flat-cut lengths) or rolls. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Plenum Rating: Provide glass-fiber insulation where indicated in ceiling plenums whose test performance is rated as follows for use in plenums as determined by testing identical products per "Erosion Test" and "Mold Growth and Humidity Test" described in UL 181, or on comparable tests from another standard acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Erosion Test Results: Insulation shows no visible evidence of cracking, flaking, peeling, or delamination of interior surface of duct assembly, after testing for 4 hours at 2500-fpm air velocity. THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2. Mold Growth and Humidity Test Results: Insulation shows no evidence of mold growth, delamination, or other deterioration due to the effects of high humidity, after inoculation with Chaetomium Globosium on all surfaces and storing for 60 days at 100 percent relative humidity in the dark. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturers written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.2 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene (XPS) board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and density indicated below, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively: 1. Manufacturers: a. Owens Corning, Formular (basis of design) Continuous Insulation & Slab Edge: Formular 250 b. Dow Chemical Company. “ShapeMate” XPS 2. Meets ASTM C578 Type IV, 1.60 lb/cu. ft., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Thickness: See drawing details. R= 5 per 1“ thickness 2” Thick R Value =10 3” Thick R Value= 15 B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type I, Class 1 or 2, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, based on tests performed on unfaced core on thicknesses up to 4 inches. 1. Manufacturers: a. Rmax, Inc. 2. Thickness: See drawing details. 2.3 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Certainteed Acousta Therm. B. Un-Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Flame spread <25, Smoke development <50. ASTM C665 Compliant. C. Where glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated: 1 . 6 ¼” inches thick. R Value = 19 2 . 3 1/2” inches thick. R Value = 13 2.4 GLASS-FIBER LOOSE FILL INSULATION (NOT USED) A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens Corning. Propink 77 B. Where glass-fiber loose fill insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide material, formaldehyde free with thermal resistances indicated: 1. 14.5” Minimum Thickness R Value = 38 THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.5 GLASS FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Certainteed Acousta Therm.: 3 ½” & 6-1/4” Fiberglass Blankets (SAB) 2.6 SLAG-WOOL-FIBER/ROCK-WOOL-FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Thermafiber. 3” Thick, 2.5 PCF, w/ NRC= 1.05 B. Unfaced, Slag-Wool-Fiber/Rock-Wool-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame- spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 2.6 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by insulation manufacturers for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor-retarder facings. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. C. Insulation Rafter Baffle: (NOT USED) Provide Minimum 1” clear airspace to sheathing. Due to height of energy heal of truss, an airgap will exist below rafter baffle. Baffle serves to maintain open space below to loose fill insulation that may be overfilled. 1. Manufacturer: Owens Corner Raft-R Mate or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and for other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment. THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDER-SLAB INSULATION (NOT USED) A. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. B. Protect top surface of horizontal insulation from damage during concrete work by applying protection course with joints butted. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturers written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between foam-plastic insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm-in-winter side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. D. Install mineral-fiber insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Latex joint sealants. 4. Acoustical joint sealants. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. VOC Content Submittal: For sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system, including printed statement of VOC content. C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) Validation Certificate: For each sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 2. Test according to SWRI's Sealant Validation Program for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 for adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement, adhesion-in-peel, and indentation hardness. D. Mockups: (NOT USED) Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in s ealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.1 MANUFATURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products identified in the Part 2 Products, Articles below or comparable products by another manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be non staining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600 in the following locations: 1. At countertops in rooms where food preparation and storage will occur. E. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range. 2.3 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation; 898. 2.4 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT. a. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 15LM. b. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 921. B. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-270. b. Tremco Incorporated; Dymeric 240 FC. 2.5 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolac. b. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 600. c. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. d. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834. 2.6 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard non-sag, paintable, non-staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation; AIS-919. b. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.7 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Proceeding with application constitutes acceptance and suitability of substrates and conditions. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean joints out immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. EIFS. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. c. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturers written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. G. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-8 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.6 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Tile control and expansion joints. c. Joints between different materials listed above. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multi-component, non-sag traffic grade, Class 50. B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints between EIFS b. Joints in unit masonry. c. Joints between cast stone masonry units and unit masonry. d. Joints between metal panels. e. Joints between different materials listed above. f. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows, and louvers. g. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. h. Other joints as indicated. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Single component, non-sag, Class 100/50. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-9 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multi-component, non-sag traffic grade, Class 50. D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. c. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and entrances. e. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic based. E. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Sealant Location: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Mildew resistant, single component, non-sag neutral curing, Silicone. F. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Location: a. Acoustical joints where indicated. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Acoustical. END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES 08 12 16-1 SECTION 08 12 16 INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior aluminum frames for doors. Reference Drawings for Door Schedule. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for carpentry for wood framing and blocking. 2. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants installed with interior aluminum frames and for sealants to the extent not specified in this Section. 3. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in interior aluminum frames. 4. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" for door hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For interior aluminum frames. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of interior aluminum frames and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." B. Codes & References 1. AAMA 603.8 - Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic on Extruded Aluminum. 2. AAMA 607.1 - Guide Specification and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodized Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. 3. AAMA 608.1 - Guide Specification and Inspections Methods for Electrolytically Deposited Color Anodic Finished for Architectural Aluminum. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES 08 12 16-2 4. AAMA 609 & 610-02 - Cleaning and Maintenance Guide for Architecturally Finished Aluminum. 5. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 6. NAAMM - "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products". 7. ANSI/NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association. 8. NFPA 252 - Standard Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 9. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 10. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Western Integrated Materials Inc. 3310 E.59th St. Long Beach CA 90805 562 634 2823 http://www.western-integrated.com/. B. See A300 for list of Approved Alternates’. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing, General: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5 or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements, not less than 0.062 inch thick. B. Door Frames: Reinforced for hinges and strikes. See also A300. 1. #305 1-1/2" with 5/16" return (reveal trim) 2. # 319 – 5” Throat (Typical) C. Ceiling Tracks: Extruded aluminum. D. Trim: Extruded aluminum, not less than 0.062 inch thick, with removable snap-in casing trim without exposed fasteners. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless-steel or other noncorrosive metal fasteners compatible with frames, stops, panels, reinforcement plates, hardware, anchors, and other items being fastened. B. Sound Seals: (NOT USED) Manufacturer's standard continuous mohair, wool pile, or vinyl seals. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES 08 12 16-3 C. Hardware: Comply with requirements in Division 08 door hardware Sections. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Machine jambs and prepare for hardware, with concealed reinforcement plates, drilled and tapped as required, and fastened within frame with concealed screws. B. Provide concealed corner reinforcements and alignment clips for accurately fitted hairline joints at butted or mitered connections. C. Fabricate all components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Finish: As indicated on Drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls, floors, and ceilings, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that wall thickness does not exceed standard tolerances allowed by throat size indicated. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with frame manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Install frames plumb and square, securely anchored to substrates. C. Install frame components in the longest possible lengths; components up to 86 inches long must be 1 piece. 1. Use concealed installation clips to produce tightly fitted and aligned splices and connections. 2. Secure clips to main structural extrusion components and not to snap-in or trim members. 3. Do not leave screws or other fasteners exposed to view when installation is complete. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES 08 12 16-4 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed frame surfaces promptly after installation, using cleaning methods recommended by frame manufacturer and according to AAMA 609 & 610. B. Touch up marred frame surfaces so touchup is not visible from a distance of 48 inches. Remove and replace frames with damaged finish that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-1 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces. NOT USED 2. Factory finishing flush wood doors. NOT USED 3. Solid-core doors with laminate faces, See A300. 3. Factory machining for hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for requirements for veneers from the same flitches for both flush wood doors and wood paneling. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. C. Samples: Door finish (stain) sample for review and approval. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." C. Pre installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. Marquis Series Extra Heavy Duty Particle Board Core Doors EEHDPC (basis of design) or equal. Laminate to match “M2” see finish schedule sheet A140. 5 ply core. http://www.marshfielddoors.com/ 2. Eggers Industries: http://eggersindustries.com/ 3. Graham Wood Doors: http://www.grahamdoors.com/en/site/grahamdoors/ NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-3 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty. B. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 lbf. b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 lbf. 2.3 VENEERED-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH –(NOT USED) 2.4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Wood Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard solid-wood louvers unless otherwise indicated. (NOT USED) 1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces. B. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard wood beads as follows unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces. 2. Profile: Manufacturer's standard shape. 3. At wood-core doors with 20-minute fire-protection ratings, provide wood beads and metal glazing clips approved for such use. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit the frame opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI- WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-4 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. b. Other doors to the extent indicated. 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Frames" for door silencers provided as part of frames. (NOT USED) 2. Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames" for access door hardware, including cylinders. 3. Division 08 Section "Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts" for entrance door hardware, including cylinders. C. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following. Coordinating, purchasing, delivering, and scheduling remain requirements of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction and installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include final hardware and keying schedule. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL C. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. D. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final door hardware sets with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. b. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each door and frame. 2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device. 3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or opening including name and manufacturer. 4) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5) Location of each door hardware set; cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule 6) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7) Mounting locations for door hardware. 8) Door and frame sizes and materials 9) List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer. 1. Installer's responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant Available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 2. Installer shall have warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity. 3. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final door hardware sets, and include basic installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of recessed pivots with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware as indicated on drawings. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products complying with BHMA standard referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 2.2 HINGES, GENERAL A. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. B. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. C. Hinge Weight: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Entrance Doors: Heavy weight hinges. 2. Doors with Closers: Antifriction-bearing hinges. 3. Interior Doors: Standard-weight hinges. D. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL E. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings: 1. Corners: 1/4-inch radius. F. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames. 3. Screws: Phillips flathead. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. 2.3 HINGES A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Listed under Category A in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A156.7. 2.4 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" or ANSI A117.1 based upon local regulations. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Levers: Forged. 2. Escutcheons (Roses): Wrought. 3. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. 4. Lockset Designs: Provide design indicated on Drawings or, if sets are provided by another manufacturer, provide designs that match those designated. D. Backset: 70 mm, unless otherwise indicated. E. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch bolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, and as follows: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latch bolts, as recommended by manufacturer 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets comply with the following: 1. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2. 2.6 AUXILIARY LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Push-Button Combination Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1 for cylindrical locks. 2.7 CODE LOCK SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS A. General: See Hardware Sets and details sheet A300. Provide and install lever actuated electric locks and keypads as a complete system; 2.8 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3. Listed under Category G in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." B. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" Or ANSI A117.1 based on local jurisdiction. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. C. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Exit devices shall not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. D. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. E. Outside Trim: Lever with cylinder; material and finish to match locksets, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Match design for locksets and latch sets, unless otherwise indicated. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL F. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors. 2.9 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Five. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the following: 1. Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other manufacturers' cylinders. D. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys. E. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. 2.10 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. Great-Grand Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key, a master key, a grand master key, and a great-grand master key. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: Information to be furnished by Owner. 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. c. Grand Master Keys: Five. d. Great-Grand Master Keys: Five. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-8 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.11 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" or ANSI A117.1 based on local regulations. 1. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. 2. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 lbf to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open door to minimum required width. C. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. D. Concealed Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory- sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers. Retain one of two subparagraphs and list of manufacturers below. See Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." 2.12 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. B. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inch; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame. 2.13 DOOR GASKETING A. Standard: BHMA A156.22. Listed under Category J in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." B. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-9 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. C. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283. D. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. E. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. 2.14 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors. 2.15 FINISHES A. Standard: BHMA A156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-10 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series. 1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI A250.6. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-11 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust, including adjusting operating forces, each item of door hardware as necessary to ensure function of doors and door hardware. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." 3.8 HARDWARE SETS A. As indicated on drawings. See Door Hardware Schedule and Notes. END OF SECTION GLAZING 08 80 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Windows. 2. Doors. 3. Storefront framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefronts." 2. Division 08 Section “ Aluminum Windows.” 3. Division 09 Section “ Joint Sealants” 4. Division 10 Section “Glazing Partition System” 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Glass Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. GLAZING 08 80 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ICC's 2006 International Building Code by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria: 1. Vertical Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped 15 degrees or less from vertical, design glass to resist design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short- duration load. 2. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center-of-glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1/50 times the short-side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 3. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Product Certificates: For glass and glazing products, from manufacturer. C. Glass Samples: For each glass type (3) samples 12”x12” (Owner, Contractor, & Architect). E. Warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications for Insulating-Glass Units with Sputter-Coated, Low-E Coatings: qualified insulating-glass manufacturer who is approved and certified by coated-glass manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. C. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. D. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer. E. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. GLAZING 08 80 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL F. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA's "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and GANA's "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." G. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety-glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety-glazing standard with which glass complies. H. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with insulating-glass manufacturer's written recommendations for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures due to altitude change. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F. GLAZING 08 80 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which coated-glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating- glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Thickness: As indicated on glass schedule. B. Strength: As indicated on glass schedule. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Pass test requirements in ASTM E1996 for wind zone indicated on sheet S-001. Basic Wind Speed= 115 MPH, importance=factor 1.0 Exposure Category “B” D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Heat strengthened glass: As indicated on glass schedule. B. Annealed Glass: As indicated on glass schedule. C. Spandrel Glass: As indicated on glass schedule. D. Tempered Glass: As indicated on glass schedule. E. Laminated Glass: As indicated on glass schedule. GLAZING 08 80 00-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, but are not limited to the following: 2.3 LAMINATED GLASS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. PPG B. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials, and with other requirements specified. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials, with "Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance" Paragraph in "Glass Products, General" Article, and with other requirements specified. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with one of the following to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written recommendations: a. Polyvinyl butyral interlayer. b. Polyvinyl butyral interlayers reinforced with polyethylene terephthalate film. c. Ionoplast interlayer. d. Cast-in-place and cured-transparent-resin interlayer. e. Cast-in-place and cured-transparent-resin interlayer reinforced with polyethylene terephthalate film. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. D. Glass: Comply with applicable requirements in "Glass Products" Article as indicated by designations in "Laminated-Glass Types" Article. GLAZING 08 80 00-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.4 INSULATING GLASS: 1” overall thickness, A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other requirements specified. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary. 2. Spacer: Aluminum with mill or clear anodic finish. 3. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both. C. Glass: Comply with applicable requirements in "Glass Products" Article as indicated by designations in "Insulating-Glass Types" Article. 2.5 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal, made from one of the following: 1. Neoprene complying with ASTM C 864. 2. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. GLAZING 08 80 00-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.7 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. 2.8 GLASS TYPES: See Glazing Schedule on Drawings PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. GLAZING 08 80 00-8 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. J. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. K. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. L. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. GLAZING 08 80 00-9 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.4 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by the glass manufacturer END OF SECTION METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 22 16 METAL STUD FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes non-load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications: 1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.). 2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.). 3. Exterior wall framing system (cavity wall) 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated; studs, track, U-channel bridging, clips, fasteners, etc. B. Basic shop drawing & material submission for studs, tracks,fasteners, clips, misc. accessories. Include the following but not limited to; 1. Show stud spacing, gauge, bridging, locations, & connections. 2. Show track to foundation detail 3. Details for openings showing headers and jambs (including connections) 4. Slip track detail(s). 5. Detail for simple spans above HSS 6. Bridging details C. (NOT USED) Calculations. The Contractor shall provide sealed calculations for studs subject to wind loading. See Structural drawing notes and specifications. Contractor is advised that several metal stud suppliers such as Clark Dietrich and Marinoware have engineers in house who can provided the required calculations and shop drawings to the contractor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non- load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.0. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturers, or equal subject to Architect’s approval; a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation Drywall Furring System. c. USG Corporation d. Clark Dietrich Building Systems e. SCAFCO f. Super Stud Building Products. Inc/ g. Marino\Ware (Viper Studs are not allowed) h. Cemco i. Telling Industries j. Phillips Manufacturing k. Quail Run 2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise indicated. A40 Hot—Dipped Galvannealed coating is not acceptable as a substitute. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching wire hangers and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by an independent testing agency. a. Type: Post installed, expansion anchor. 2. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter. METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, in size indicated on Drawings. E. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.0538 inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. F. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 1-1/2 inch deep. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. G. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: b. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation Drywall Furring System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Exterior Wall Stud Performance Criteria: (Not Used) a. See Structural Drawings. 3. Interior Wall Stud Performance Criteria: a. Minimum Thickness 0.0329” (33 mils = +/- 20 ga min for interior studs) METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Provide at all non load bearing interfaces and connections with roof system, use one of the following or equal: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD Series. 2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). C. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance- rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip. b. Metal-Lite, Inc.; The System. D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel. F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. 2. Depth: 7/8 inch.- 1-1/2 inch. METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL G. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. H. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare- steel thickness of 0.0312 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire. I. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or non slotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum bare-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), non perforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow- metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: 1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire- resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. 2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except complying with framing sizes and spacing indicated. Refer to drawing partition types, in the event of conflicting requirements consult with Architect. The scope of work shall include the more stringent requirement. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board that apply to framing installation. 2. Comply with manufacturer’s details, design guides and handbooks for installation as applicable to the details and partition types as shown on the drawings. In the event of conflicting requirements consult with Architect. The scope of work shall include the more stringent requirement. B. Align and secure top and bottom runners. Place two beads of acoustic sealant between runners and substrate where indicated on drawings. C. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. D. Align stud web openings. E. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install stud tracks on each side of opening, at frame head height, and between studs and adjacent studs. F. Splice studs with 8 inch nested lap, secure each stud flange with flush head screw. G. Construct corners using minimum three studs. H. Install supplementary framing, bolt or screw blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, millwork, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. I. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL J. Installing bridging in studs per manufacturer’s details. Secure bridging as required. Loose bridging will not be accepted. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. K. Stud connections at slip track used for temporary erection purposes shall have screws removed prior to roof dead load being in place. The slip track vertical leg shall be a minimum of 2” to accommodate 0.5” of slip gap per AISI. 3.4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components in sizes and spacings indicated on Drawings, but not less than those required by referenced installation standards for assembly types and other assembly components indicated. B. Coordinate ceiling tile grid layout with design intent as indicated on drawings. Adjust dimensions for edge trim or shadow mold to archive full tile size and for light fixture or HVAC devices to be installed where shown. C. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. D. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter splaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-8 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. F. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. G. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. H. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. 3.5 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames;install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire- resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16-9 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire- resistance- rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. D. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. 2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. E. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation (specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation") vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder- driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 09 29 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. C. Source Limitations: Obtain gypsum board and gypsum board shaft wall from single source from single manufacturer. 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. 09 29 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS, GENERAL A. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gypsum Co. b. BPB America Inc. c. G-P Gypsum. d. Lafarge North America Inc. e. National Gypsum Company. f. USG Corporation. B. Regular Type: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges:Tapered. C. Type X: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular-type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: 1. Complying with ASTM C1177/C 1177M. a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DensArmor Plus Interior Guard" by G-P Gypsum. 2. Core: As indicated on Drawings. 09 29 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f. Expansion (control) joint. g. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. B. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fry Reglet Corp. b. Gordon, Inc. c. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard:For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 09 29 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting- type, sandable topping compound. 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." 09 29 00-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow- metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 09 29 00-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. I. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Regular Type: Vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type X: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 4. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. B. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance- rated assembly. 09 29 00-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 3.4 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Areas Not Subject to Wetting: Install regular-type gypsum wallboard panels to produce a flat surface except at showers, tubs, and other locations indicated to receive water-resistant panels. C. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use at outside corners. 3. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 4. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 5. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 6. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. D. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 09 29 00-8 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GYPSUM BOARD 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3. Level 3: Where indicated on Drawings. (NOT USED) 4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. Level 4 is the typical finish level for the gypsum board. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. 5. Level 5: (NOT USED) Provide at Pride Wall location, see drawings. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. E. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division Section 092900 Gypsum Board C. Drawings A120 & A140. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings Comprised of mineral-base acoustical tiles used with concealed suspension systems, stapling, or adhesive bonding. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AC: Articulation Class. B. CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class. C. LR: Light Reflectance coefficient. D. NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.5 QUALITAY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Suspension System: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Seismic Standard: Provide acoustical panel ceilings designed and installed to withstand the effects of earthquake motions according to the following: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. 2. CISCA's Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings-- Seismic Zones 0-2." 3. CISCA's Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA's "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct-Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies--Seismic Zones 3 & 4." 4. UBC Standard 25-2, "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panel Ceilings." 5. ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 9, "Earthquake Loads." D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical panel ceiling installation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectance, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches away from test surface per ASTM E 795. B. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. 1. Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type, pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail, and size. C. Broad Spectrum Antimicrobial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Provide acoustical panels treated with manufacturer's standard antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram- positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. “C1” Code USG Series Olympia Micro ClimaPlus item No. 4211, 24x24 x 5/8, Color White B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type III, Form 2. 2. Pattern: CE (perforated, small holes and lightly textured). C. Color: White. D. LR: Not less than 0.85. E. NRC: Not less than 0.50. F. CAC Not less than 35. G. Thickness: 5/8 inch. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL H. Antimicrobial Treatment: Broad spectrum fungicide and bactericide based. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high-humidity finishes are indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. a. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm) for Class SC 1 service condition. b. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 andASTM F 594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316 for bolts; Alloy 304 or 316 for anchor. c. Corrosion Protection: Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods complying with ASTM B 164 for UNS No. N04400 alloy. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164, nickel-copper-alloy UNS No. N04400. 4. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- diameter wire. E. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure acoustical panels in- place. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. Provide the following: 1. USG, Centricitee DXT 9/16”, White B. Narrow-Face, Single-Web, Extruded-Aluminum Suspension System: Main and cross runners formed from extruded aluminum to produce structural members with 9/16-inch- wide faces. 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system. 2. Face Design: Screw-slot profile. 3. Face Finish: Factory finish White. 4. Reveal Finish: Fa ct or y F in i s h W hite. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealantcomplying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. B. Coordinate ceiling tile grid layout with design intent as indicated on drawings. Adjust dimensions for edge trim or shadow mold to achieve full tile size and for light fixture or HVAC devices to be installed where shown. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-6 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic design requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, post installed mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 6. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 7. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 10. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in- place or post installed anchors. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13-7 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. WEAR CLEAN COTTON OR CANVAS GLOVES TO INSTALL CEILING TILES free of dirt oil and smudges. Latex gloves are not recommended by some manufactures. Change or clean gloves regularly during installation. 2. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans. b. Install panels in a basket-weave pattern. 3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. C. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage for a “like new” installation. END OF SECTION RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES 09 65 13-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section "Resilient Tile Flooring" for resilient floor tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 65 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES 09 65 13-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: See A140 for Spec. B. Types: See A140 for Spec. C. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. 1. Material Requirement: Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 2. Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous). 3. Style: Millwork (base without toe) D. Minimum Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. E. Lengths: Use Co il S t ock. F. Outside Corners: Job formed. See Manufacturer’s written instructions for field-made corners. G. Inside Corners: Job formed. See Manufacturer’s written instructions for field-made corners. 2.2 (NOT USED) 2.3 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Resilient Molding Accessory: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following: a. Johnsonite. B. Description: Reducer strip for resilient floor covering; Joiner for tile and carpet; Transition strips. See A140 & A300 C. Material: Vinyl. D. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated on Drawings. RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES 09 65 13-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL E. Colors and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. C. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. D. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. RESILIENT BASE & ACCESSORIES 09 65 13-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material G. Job-Formed Corners: 1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends; (1) Using a utility knife shave a small portion of the back of the base at the break point (2) Heat back of base and toe with propane torch,(3) bend base back & quickly dip in cool water, (4) Bend back into place, reheat toe to form curved based. A useful example can be seen on Youtube as an example of how this is done: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZvZohZEalL8 This method is not required to be used if a comparable installation method can produce similar results to the satisfaction of the Owner or Architect. 2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Corners shall be formed in a tight fitting workmanlike manner without bulges or gaps at the wall. 3. Resilient base installed in an unworkmanlike manner may be rejected at the Owner’s or Architect’s sole discretion. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of carpet and resilient floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 19-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid vinyl floor tile. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section "Resilient Base and Accessories" for resilient base, reducer strips, and other accessories installed with resilient floor coverings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store floor tiles on flat surfaces. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 60 deg For more than 81 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 19-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation. E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Floor Tile: Furnish 1 box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor tile installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE FINISH CODE ‘F2’ & ‘F3’, See A140 Finish Schedule & Plan. A. Products: MILLIKEN B . Underlayment Required: U s e M i l l i k e n LVT U nd er l a y B. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1700. 1. Class: Class III, printed film vinyl tile. 2. Type: Type B, embossed surface. C. Thickness: 0.125 inch. D. Size: See A140 Finish Schedule & Plan. Seaming Method: Standard. E. Colors and Patterns: See A140 Finish Schedule & Plan. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. C. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 19-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75% relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor tiles until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 19-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction. D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion-joint covers, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. H. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor tile products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 19-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply two coat(s). E. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION TILE CARPETING 09 68 13-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes modular, tufted textured loop pile carpet tile. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 09 Section "Resilient Base and Accessories” for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet tile. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to carpet tile installation including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review delivery, storage, and handling procedures. 2. Review ambient conditions and ventilation procedures. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and Section 7.12, "Ventilation." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet tiles until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tiles, install carpet tiles before installing these items. TILE CARPETING 09 68 13-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE , See drawing sheet A140. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement- based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet tile. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile installation. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch wide or wider and protrusions more than 1/32 inch, unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile. TILE CARPETING 09 68 13-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Installation Method: Monolithic. C. Maintain dye lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. D. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. E. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile: 1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. 3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face-beater element. B. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI 104, Section 16, "Protection of Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. END OF SECTION WALL COVERING 09 72 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Vinyl wall covering. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for priming wall surfaces. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Schedule Sheet A140 For wall covering types. C. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical wall coverings applied with identical adhesives to substrates according to test method indicated below by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As follows, per ASTM E 84: a. Flame-Spread Index: 20 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 100 or less. 2. Fire-Growth Contribution: Textile wall coverings tested according to NFPA 286 and complying with test protocol and criteria in the 2003 IBC. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. WALL COVERING 09 72 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until a permanent level of lighting is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall-covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall-Covering Materials: For each type, full-size units equal to 10 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL COVERINGS A. General: Provide rolls of each type of wall covering from same print run or dye lot. B. Vinyl Wall-Covering Standards: Provide mildew-resistant products complying with the following: 1. Products: As indicated on Drawings (subject to compliance with requirements). Perforate all vinyl wall coverings to be used at exterior walls. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, non-staining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application; as recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. WALL COVERING 09 72 00-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semi-gloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. G. Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall-covering manufacturer. Form smooth wrinkle-free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall-covering installation until wall liner has dried. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated except where more stringent requirements apply .B. Cut wall-covering strips in roll number sequence. Change roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. D. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps, no lifted or curling edges, and no visible shrinkage. E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 6 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. No horizontal seams are permitted. G. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. H. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without any overlay or spacing between strips. WALL COVERING 09 72 00-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Gypsum Board (new ceiling in vestibule) 2. Existing Wood Trim 3. Steel. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Brick Masonry B. Related Sections include the following: 1. See Sections 3 and drawings finish schedule A0.2 for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section. 2. Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. C. Aluminum substrates require Kynar 500 or PFVD resin based coatings as required in Roofing and Aluminum Storefronts, and Sliding Automatic Entrances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Provide electronic files in *.pdf format and physical samples as required A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: Master Painter Institute 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following for exterior painting only: 1. Sherwin Williams 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: As indicated on Drawings (subject to compliance with requirements). 2.3 METAL PRIMERS 1. See Finish Schedule. 2.4 MASONRY PRIMER 1. See Finish Schedule. 2.4 EXTERIOR PAINTS 1. See Finish Schedule PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. C. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. E. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates: 1. See Finish Schedule. 2. Bollards: Rustoleum V7400 Series 245479 “Safety Yellow” B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. See Finish Schedule. C. Exterior Insulation Finish System Substrates: 1. See Finish Schedule. END OF SECTION INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Steel. 2. Gypsum board. 3. Exterior touch up painting, if required shall match the existing base building. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 09 Section "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 10 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: (NO SUBSTITUTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. – Ultra Spec. 500 2. Wolf Gordon - Scrubtough Max 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 0 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 1 g/L. 3. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 4. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 5. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 48 g/L. 6. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. C. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti- corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. l. Dimethyl phthalate. m. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. s. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. u. Methylene chloride. v. Naphthalene. w. Toluene (methylbenzene). x. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride. D. Colors: As indicated in a finish color schedule. 2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI #50. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 3. 2.4 METAL PRIMERS A. Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer: MPI #79. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2 B. Quick-Drying Alkyd Metal Primer: MPI #76. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL C. Quick-Drying Primer for Aluminum: MPI #95. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2.5 LATEX PAINTS A. Interior Latex (Flat): MPI #53 (Gloss Level 1). P2 on ceilings 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2.5. B. Interior Latex (Eggshell): MPI #52 (Gloss Level 3). P1 on walls 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces re dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-5 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. E. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates: 1. Alkyd Dry-Fall System: MPI INT 5.1D. a. Prime CoatLatex metal primer. b. Topcoat: Flat Latex. B. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex Flat at SWB Ceilings and underside of soffits, eggshell at vertical surfaces. END OF SECTION © 201 ENVONAMICS, INC. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 10 06 15 – GLASS SYSTEM SLIMLINE WALL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS The Shop Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, and all Specifications Sections apply to the Work specified in this Section. Shop Drawings: A. Drawings are to include plans, elevations, sections and details. Where possible, the architect’s CAD plans are to be provided to the manufacturer for xref to insure proper location, hold-to dimensions and alignment with building conditions. B. Drawings are to include horizontal and vertical dimensions and installation requirements. C. Drawings are to indicate details of track and door connections, runner sections and hardware components. D. Drawings are to indicate glass type, size and details. E. Drawings are to indicate location and installation requirements for hardware and track including required floor tolerances and direction of travel. 2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Slimline Wall (aka: glass panel partitions) as shown on the Drawings. A. The work shall include: 1) Furnishing, delivering to the building, uncrating, setting in place and leveling all glass panel partitions shown on the Drawings and listed in the Specifications. 2) Furnishing and installing doors, frames, pulls, hardware locksets & passage sets in glass panel partitions. 3) Furnishing and installing glazing and vinyl mutes in glass panel partitions. B. Work specified elsewhere in the general contract for construction of the project: 1) Furnishing and installing chaseways and boxes for electrical entry devices and wiring. 2) Furnishing and installing chaseways and boxes for electrical signage devices and wiring. 3) Furnishing and installing accommodations for building exterior window interfaces. 3. DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass panel acoustic performance: Per rating of specified glass type and thickness. B. Deflection: Limit deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovering of glazing. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. It is the intent of these Specifications and applicable Drawings to show and define the essential minimum requirements as to the quality of materials, construction, finish, and overall workmanship. Glass panel partitions differing from the specification will not be considered unless ample proof is submitted in the form of drawings, descriptions, samples and test results indicating that all essential requirements of the Specifications are strictly adhered to. B. The product warranty extends only to the original purchasers acquiring new products. Warranty shall cover all materials and labor for a period of twelve years. C. The glass panel partitions shall be manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of movable partitions and with a minimum of 5 years successful experience in applications similar to the requirements of this project © 2017 ENVIRONAMICS, INC. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL D. The glass panel partition installer shall have a minimum of 5 years of successful experience in the installation of glass panel partitions, shall have previous experience in projects of this approximate magnitude, and shall be authorized to do installation by the manufacturer of the glass panel partitions. Installation supervision shall be done by an experienced supervisor trained in specialized methods of construction and approved by the glass panel partitions manufacturer. 5. CODES AND STANDARDS Comply with the provisions of the following to the extent referenced: A. ASTM E 90, Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. B. (CODES AND STANDARDS CONT.) C. ASTM E 119, Fire Tests of Building construction and Materials. D. ASTM E 84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. E. ASTM E 413, Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class. F. Factory Mutual Publication, Specification Tested Building Materials Guide, 1985. G. UL Publication, Fire Resistance Directory (January, 1985 with Quarterly Supplements.) 6. SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings, samples, fabrication specifications and installation instructions as specified in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and as described herein. B. Submitted shop drawings are to be reviewed by the Architect and red-lined copies returned to the manufacturer for approval or revision as stipulated. C. Submit a minimum of two samples of each required finish and color. Prepare samples on same materials which will be used in wall assemblies. One sample will be retained by the architect and the other will be returned to the manufacturer for a control sample. 7. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass panel partition components boxed or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. B. Inspect wall components upon delivery for inventory of ordered parts and delivered items. Inform manufacturer immediately if order appears to be incomplete. C. Inspect wall components upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided finish items are equal to new work and acceptable to Architect. Remove and replace damaged items as directed. D. Store materials in dry, protected areas in which it is possible to maintain a constant minimum temperature of 55°F. 8. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Floor to ceiling type with jambs, glass panels and door units that can be rearranged within a given wall space. B. Ability to extend in any direction without removing adjacent units (non-progressive) with the use of certain parts intended for that functionality. C. Erected over finished floor materials including carpet. D. Ability for leveling when installed over out-of-level floors. E. Continuous installations with fasteners concealed. 9. MANUFACTURER The glass panel partitions shall be Slimline Walls by Environamics, Inc., which is located at: 13935 R:\Presentation & Proposal Documents\Architectural Specifications\Slimline\Slimline Specifications\Slimline Specifications South Point Blvd, Charlotte, NC 28273. Toll free telephone 800-262-3613. © 2017 ENVIRONAMICS, INC. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 10. PARTITION SYSTEMS A. Provide glass panel partition type, size, materials and finishes indicated; or if not indicated, provide units as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of service indicated. B. Provide glass panel partitions complete with finished floor and ceiling channels, vertical support framing, glazing framing and stops, anchorage and accessories for complete, stable installation. C. Aluminum frames 1) All exposed aluminum shall be extruded from a controlled alloy billet and shall have an anodized finish option equal to Clear Anodized “AN” AA-CC22A213. As an optional finish, all exposed aluminum shall have a four-stage treatment prior to the electrostatic application of a paint-like coating, then baked and cured to a 2H minimum hardness, a one mil. minimum thickness, and a gloss of 25 (±5) smooth finish. The paint-like coating shall conform to the Aluminum Association Specification R-10. 2) Aluminum door frames shall be assembled plum and square. Frames are to be prepared for hardware including proper reinforcing, drilling and tapping. 3) Aluminum glazing components shall be installed plum and square with all connections securely fastened. Sill sections shall have removable, flush snap-on covers. Surface applied glazing stops will not be acceptable. The wall system shall be such that glazing can be placed anywhere within the wall without supplemental internal construction bracing. 11. EXECUTION A. The glass panel partitions system shall interface readily with varying conditions as shown on Drawings without requiring the manufacture of special fittings or modules that may require the Owner to maintain special inventories. B. Glass panel partitions shall be installed over existing floors and anchored to a bulkhead or suspended ceiling; and shall connect with existing masonry walls and gypsum walls. C. Ceiling runners shall be fastened appropriately to either a suspended ceiling grid or soffit/bulkhead. All splices and intersections shall be held tight and aligned by manufacturer- supplied concealed installation clips. The runner shall be prepped to provide spacing and quicker fastening. 1) Ceiling runner is fastened to the suspended ceiling grid with appropriate fasteners. 2) Ceiling runner is fastened to appropriate framing and/or blocking provided by others when attaching to a bulkhead, gypsum ceiling or soffit. Appropriate fasteners are to be used. D. Provide floor runners with continuous gripper teeth which secure it against lateral movement while preventing crushing of carpet pile. Floor runner shall be prepped to provide spacing and quicker fastening. E. Intersections of glass panel partitions shall be structurally sound. F. Glass doors and hardware 1) Install frameless ½” glass doors in all openings in glass panel partitions. Doors may be pivot or sliding as specified in Drawings, and shall be sized as shown in the Drawings. 2) Each door shall be installed using appropriate mounting hardware as determined by door function, and may require reinforcing and/or blocking by others. 3) Doors shall be pre-fit, pre-machined and shall comply with hardware templates. 4) Pivot doors shall include installed floor-mounted door stops, 2” diameter, low rise, dome type, cast units, No. 10 finish, with molded rubber bumper insert. Unit shall be provided with a non-rotational positioning stud to penetrate into floor with screws. 5) Sliding doors shall be installed using track-mounted stops and a floor-mounted guide. www.environamics-inc.com © 2017 ENVIRONAMICS, INC. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 12. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS Depending on configuration, standard glass panel partitions panels shall provide an STC rating of 33- 37 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 90 in conformance with “full-wall” tests as opposed to “point on panel” tests. 13. PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION A. Erection of glass panel partitions is not to begin until building is suitably enclosed to provide complete protection from weather and until temperature within the building can be maintained at a constant minimum of 55° F. B. Stocking and staging conditions are to be evaluated prior to fabrication to insure sufficient accommodation for glass panel partition stocking and handling. Adjustments to component sizing may be necessary as conditions require. C. Field measurements and opening dimensions of all relevant horizontal and vertical conditions shall be completed before fabrication and shall be indicated on Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. D. Insure finished floor under door openings is leveled. E. Insure that support and floor substrates have been properly prepared. F. Notify Architect and Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. 14. INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installation of glass panel partitions with installation of floor, wall, and ceiling construction to comply with substrate tolerance requirements of the partition manufacturer. B. Coordinate installation of anchors and secondary structural members indicated on approved glass panel partition shop drawings and specified in other sections. C. Install glass panel partitions after permanent finished partitions, floor coverings, suspended ceiling panels, data/communications cables, electrical wiring & devices, lighting, HVAC equipment and fire suppression systems have been completed. D. Install glass panel partitions to be fully movable, rigid, level, plumb, and in alignment with components secured together in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Partitions shall be clean and free from defects and ready for use. E. Aluminum ceiling runners shall be secured to the ceiling at recommended spacing as required by the use of power driven screws or other approved fasteners. F. Aluminum wall starts shall be secured to building partitions at recommended spacing as required by the use of power driven screws or other approved fasteners. G. Where aluminum floor runners are installed over carpet and carpet teeth are used in the floor runner, floor runners shall be secured to the floor as required with appropriate fasteners at recommended spacing. Where aluminum floor runners are not installed over carpet they shall be secured to the floor as required by the use of appropriate fasteners. H. Aluminum components to include continuous and positive seal to prevent light and sound transmissions at partition contacts with floor, ceiling, wall and other abutting surfaces. I. Repair damaged or defaced work or replace with new work, as acceptable to the Architect. Completely refinish defaced partition components with factory-finish materials or replace defaced components. J. Adjust hardware and leave doors in proper operating condition. END OF DOCUMENT R:\Presentation & Proposal Documents\Architectural Specifications\Slimline\Slimline Specifications\Slimline Specifications TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES 10 28 00-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Custodial accessories. B. Owner-Furnished Material. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." 2. Division 09 Section "Tiling" for ceramic toilet and bath accessories. 3. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings. 2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. C. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same articles in Part 2, provide products of same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by Architect. TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES 10 28 00-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. All Toilet & Bath Accessories products indicated on drawings, See sheet A101. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 10 44 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire protection cabinets for the following: a. Portable fire extinguishers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguishers." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire protection cabinets. 1. Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. 1.5 SEQUENCING (NOT USED) A. Apply decals on field-painted, fire protection cabinets after painting is complete. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. B. Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), 3 mm thick, with Finish 1 (smooth or polished). 2.2 FIRE PROTECTION CABINET FEX , EQUIPMENT CODE “ ME1”: A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Larsen's Manufacturing Company – See A/002 for install hgt. b. Model # 2409-6R, Semi Recessed with full acrylic front panel B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated Semi-recessed. C. Cabinet Material: Stainless-steel sheet. D. Cabinet Trim Material: Stainless steel sheet. E. Door Material: Stainless-steel sheet. F. Door Style: Fully glazed, frameless, backless, acrylic panel. G. Door Glazing: Acrylic sheet. 1. Acrylic Sheet Color: Clear transparent acrylic sheet. H. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide projecting door pull and friction latch] [recessed door pull and friction latch] [manufacturer's standard. 2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to open 180 degrees. I. Finishes: 1. Stainless Steel: No. 4. J. (NOT USED) Door Lettering: Provide the lettering “Fire Extingusher” on the cabinet Larsen lettering type “A”, Letter Color: Red. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. Weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. 3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 4. Install door locks at factory. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick. 2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.5 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece. 2. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 3. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13-4 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated below: 1. Fire Protection Cabinets: 54 inches above finished floor to top of cabinet. B. Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire protection cabinets. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square and plumb. C. Identification: Apply decals at locations indicated. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C. On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. E. Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16-1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguisher. Including Inspection and Tagging. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguisher Cabinets." 2. Division 21 Section "Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems" for hose systems, racks, and valves. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting bracket. B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule with fire protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG. C. ISO-9001 / ISO 14001 Certified D. UL Listed FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16-2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS EQUIPMENT CODE “ ME2” A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. Unless otherwise indicated provide a 10 Lb ABC Extinguisher, Please note LARSEN is not a manufacturer of fire extinguishers. “LARSEN MP10’ Refered to in the design schedules shall be understood to be AMEREX Corporation. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Amerex Corporation # B456 with aluminum valve. 2. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated black baked-enamel finish. Manufacturers: Product indicated on Drawings. a. Amerex Corporation FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16-3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher, see Life Safey Plan A002 B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. C. Contract locally as required to have installed extinguishers inspected and tagged in compliance with the authority having jurisdiction and local Fire Marshal. END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 31 00-1 SECTION 11 31 00 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Microwave ovens Equipment Code “ APP2” 2. Refrigerator/freezers Equipment Code “ APP1” 3. Dishwashers. Equipment Code “ APP3” 4. Compact Refrigerator Code “ APP4” B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for custom-made cabinets and plastic- laminate tops that receive residential appliances. 2. Division 12 Section "Residential Casework" for standard cabinets and countertops that receive residential appliances. 3. Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water distribution piping connections to residential appliances. 4. Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for drainage and vent piping connections to residential appliances. 5. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for kitchen sinks, waste disposers, and instant hot-water dispensers. 6. Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for services and connections to residential appliances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Appliance Schedule: For appliances; use same designations indicated on Drawings. B. Maintenance Data: For each product to include in maintenance manuals. C. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 31 00-2 B. Source Limitations: Obtain residential appliances through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Provide products from same manufacturer for each type of appliance required. 2. To the greatest extent possible, provide appliances by a single manufacturer for entire Project. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for product's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following product Certifications: 1. NFPA: Provide electrical appliances listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 2. UL and NEMA: Provide electrical components required as part of residential appliances that are listed and labeled by UL and that comply with applicable NEMA standards. 3. NAECA: Provide residential appliances that comply with NAECA standards. E. Regulatory Requirements, Accessibility: Where residential appliances are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)." 1. Operable Parts: Provide controls with forward reach no higher than 48 inches above the floor, horizontal front reach no more than 25 inches, horizontal side reach no more than 24 inches, and that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. 2. Refrigerator/Freezer: Provide 50 percent of freezer space within 54 inches of the floor. F. AHAM Standards: Provide appliances that comply with the following AHAM standards: 1. Dishwashers: AHAM DW-DW1. 2. Household Refrigerators: AHAM HRF-1. 3. Household Freezers: AHAM HRF-1. G. Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating energy- cost analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by the FTC Appliance Labeling Rule. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 31 00-3 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranties: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of each appliance specified agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Microwave Oven: Five-year limited warranty for defects in the magnetron tube. 2. Refrigerator/Freezer: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on the sealed refrigeration system. 3. Dishwasher: 10-year warranty for in-home service against deterioration of tub and door liner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. As indicated on Drawings, See A160. 2.2 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Stainless-Steel Finish: Provide appliances with manufacturer's standard finish complying with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation including ground and polished stainless-steel surfaces for uniform, directionally textured finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 31 00-4 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed. C. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment. D. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 22 and 26 for plumbing and electrical requirements. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Test each item of residential appliances to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments. B. Verify that accessories required have been furnished and installed. C. Remove packing material from residential appliances and leave units in clean condition, ready for operation. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain residential appliances. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 1 SECTION 22 01 00 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Provide the necessary interface with other Divisions to provide a complete project. Carefully check the Documents of this Division with those Documents of other Divisions. Determine the requirements of any interfacing materials or equipment being furnished and/or installed by those Sections and Divisions, and provide proper installation and required interface. B. No deviation from the Contract Documents shall be made without the written consent of the Architect and Engineer. C. All Specifications and Drawings are to be considered together as the Contract Documents. Any work shown in one and not the other, or is implied by either, shall be provided to make a complete project. Should conflicts exist between the Specifications and Drawings or there is an item shown or noted for which is not clearly defined, immediately submit a request for clarification. Under no circumstance will conflicts between the Specifications and Drawings be grounds for additional cost to the Contract after the Contract is established. D. The Drawings are schematic and are not intended to show the exact location of piping, equipment, etc. E. Dimensions and information regarding accurate locations of equipment, and structural limitations and finish shall be coordinated and verified with other Divisions of Work. Be prepared to furnish dimensions and information regarding the Work of this Division to other trades. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with the most recently revised versions of all local, state and federal codes, ordinances of the authority having jurisdiction, laws, rules and regulations. Any modifications required by any of the above shall be made without any additional cost to the Owner. Where requirements between governing Codes and Regulations vary, the more restrictive provision shall apply. B. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed as authority or permission to disregard legal requirements and regulations. The Contractor shall thoroughly review the Documents and bring any such conflicts to the attention of the Architect and Engineer prior to Installation. C. All materials, installation, and workmanship shall comply standards and/or codes of the following: 1. The 2020 Florida Building Code 2. The 2020 Florida Mechanical Code 3. The 2020 Florida Plumbing Code 4. The 2020 Florida Fuel Gas Code 5. The 2020 Florida Fire Prevention Code 6. The Current Energy Code NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 2 7. National Electrical Code 8. National Fire Protection Association 9. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 10. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials 11. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act 13. UL - Underwriter’s Laboratories 14. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating and Air Conditioning Engineers 15. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ Nat’l Assoc. 16. Include any local amendments. D. All materials shall be new and shall bear the label of UL where applicable. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: to furnish, install and connect. B. Furnish: to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items customarily required for the proper and complete application. C. Install: to join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set-up or connect together, complete, tested, and ready for normal satisfactory operation. D. Engineer: the Engineer of record. E. Contract Documents: the complete set of Specifications and Drawings of all Divisions. F. Work: labor, materials, equipment, accessories, controls and other items required for a complete installation. G. Concealed: embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces or in enclosures. H. Exposed: not installed underground or concealed. I. Equal: equal in quality, workmanship, materials, weight, size, design and efficiency of the specified product, conforming with manufacturers. J. Supply: to purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories. K. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): applicable local, state and federal authorities having jurisdiction over any part of the Scope within this Division and other Divisions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer’s names and catalog numbers specified in the Contract Documents are intended to describe the material and set the standard of quality. All bids shall be based on manufacturers or products specified. Request for approval of manufacturers or products not specified shall be considered if the request is in written form and submitted NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 3 to the Architect no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the bid date. All requests shall conform to the provisions of the general and supplementary conditions. B. When specific names are not stated, only the best available quality of material or equipment shall be submitted for review and used in the installation. 2.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Shop drawings and/or product data shall be submitted for the following for review: Equipment, including but not limited to: water heaters, plumbing fixtures, insulation, piping materials, piping specialties, etc. B. After installation, the sanitary sewer piping shall be scoped with a light-enabled camera, capable of video recording, for the longest length of piping run underground. The recording shall be from the furthest point in the building from the street to the connection to the sanitary main. If the access point most available is not at the furthest point in the pipe, then the camera shall be scoped and recorded in each direction from that access point. This recording shall be turned over to the owner for their files. C. The Contractor shall obtain complete shop drawings, product data and samples from the manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, and all Division 22 Subcontractors, for all materials and equipment as specified herein in various Sections of the Specifications, and shall submit data and details of such materials and equipment for review by the Architect and Engineer. Prior to submission of the shop drawings, product data and samples to the Architect and Engineer, the Contractor shall thoroughly review the shop drawings, product data and samples and certify they are in compliance with the Contract Drawings. Further, the Contractor shall check all materials and equipment upon their arrival on the Project site and verify their condition and compliance with the Contract Documents. Any Work which proceeds prior to receiving reviewed shop drawings shall be modified as required to comply with the Contract Documents and the shop drawings. A minimum period of fourteen (14) working days, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required in the Design Team offices each time a shop drawing, product data and/or sample is resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered by the Contractor when scheduling his Work. The initial shop drawing review for equipment and materials may be expedited through the mutual consent of the Contractor, Architect, Engineer, and Owner providing the Contractor agrees to submit complete, certified, documented, and coordinated shop drawings for review in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. The review of shop drawings, product data, and samples by the Architect and Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for dimensions or errors that may be contained therein, or for deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents. It shall be clearly understood that the noting of some errors by the Engineer but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. E. All shop drawings and product data/submittals shall be submitted in compliance with the requirements of the general and supplementary conditions. Shop drawings and product data submittals shall be submitted via electronic format (e.g. PDF). The responsibility of copying review comments on any additional copies or rescanning returned hard copy prints will rest solely with the Contractor. F. All product data/submittals shall bear the name of the manufacturer to be used. G. All shop drawings and submittals shall include a stamped indication signifying that the submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents by the NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 4 Contractor. This stamped indication also represents the fact that the Contractor has checked this submittal for its interaction with all other Divisions and certifies by his signature or initials that all coordination has taken place. The stamp shall include the date, name of the Contracting Firm, the signature of the Contractor, certification of compliance and approval. This stamp shall be on the submittal before the Engineer will review it. H. The Design Team will review an individual submittal not more than twice. If the submittal is rejected again on the second review, the Contractor will bare all responsibility for paying for the Design Team’s time for additional reviews. 2.3 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the Project site a complete set of “Record Drawings”. The “Record Drawings” shall consist of a set of black-line or blue- line prints or AutoCAD files of the Contractor Coordination Drawings for this Division. The prints shall be marked or the AutoCAD file electronically updated to show the precise location of all work and equipment, and all changes and deviations in the work from that shown on the Contract Documents. This requirement shall not be construed as authorization for the Contractor to make changes in the layout or work without definite instructions from the Architect or Engineer. The continuously updated coordination drawings (shop drawings previously described) shall be used to produce the final “Record Drawings” which shall be delivered to the Owner in AutoCAD electronic format (CD) upon Project completion. B. Record dimensions shall clearly and accurately delineate the work as installed; locations shall be suitably identified by at least two dimensions to permanent structures. C. All underground and concealed utilities shall be located by dimension to known building elements and invert to project datum at exterior wall of the building. D. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall mark all “Record Drawings” on the drawings with a rubber stamp impression or an AutoCAD image that states such. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The equipment selections used in the preparation of the Contract Documents will fit into the physical spaces provided and indicated, allowing ample room for access, servicing, removal and replacement of parts, etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearance in accordance with the Code requirements and the requirements of the local Authorities having jurisdiction, and the equipment manufacturer‘s recommendations. B. In the preparation of Drawings, a reasonable effort to accommodate acceptable equipment manufacturer’s space requirements has been made. However, since space requirements and equipment arrangement vary according to each manufacturer, the responsibility for initial access, maintenance access, code required access, and proper fit rests with the Contractor. C. Physical dimensions and arrangements of equipment to be installed shall be subject to the Architect’s and Engineer’s review. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 5 D. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors shall coordinate the installation of ductwork, conduit, busway, piping, cable trays, etc., installation with lighting fixtures, special ceiling construction, air distribution equipment, and the structure. Provide additional rises, drops and offsets as required. E. No piping, equipment, etc., shall be installed in the eight (8) inch high zone directly above the ceiling in tenant areas to allow for tenant build-out and flexibility unless otherwise specifically shown on the Drawings or prior written authorization is received from the Engineer. F. Accessibility and Clearance: 1. Piping, etc. shall be installed in accessible locations, avoiding obstructions, preserving headroom, and keeping openings and passageways clear. 2. Minor adjustments in the locations of equipment shall be made where necessary, providing such adjustments do not adversely affect functioning of the equipment. G. Scaffolds and staging for installation of plumbing work shall be provided under the work of this Division. 3.2 STRUCTURAL FITTINGS A. Furnish and install the necessary sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, and related structural items. Install at the proper time. B. Openings may have been indicated on the Architectural and Structural drawings. Should any additional openings or holes be required, the same shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No structural members are to be cut, notched, or drilled for piping. C. Location: At a time in advance of the work, verify openings shown on the Architectural and Structural drawings, and coordinate any additional openings. D. If the work of this Section requires modification of the Architectural or Structural drawings, furnish new instructions as to requirements for these openings. Submit for review and coordination to Architect. E. Sleeves shall be supplied for mechanical piping passing through walls or slabs and shall be placed before concrete is poured. F. Equipment supports for mechanical work shall be fastened to the structure by inserts, anchor bolts, bolting to drilled and tapped structural members, or be welded to the structure. 17. Welding shall be done by the electric arc method with fully competent and certified welders. Supporting members shall be shop coated with a suitable primer. 18. Surfaces damaged by installation of supports shall be touched up with primer to match shop coat. Any drilling of structural members shall be approved by the Architect. G. Flashing: 1. Wherever piping passes through the roof or outer walls, base flashing and counter- flashing shall be provided. 2. Such flashing shall be properly installed by skilled workmen, and shall include grouting, mastic or tar application, or other means to insure a permanent, waterproof, neat and workmanlike installation. 3. Insofar as possible, flashing shall comply with and be similar to requirements for flashing in General Construction Work. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 6 H. Anchor bolts and inserts shall be galvanized and of adequate size and strength for installation of plumbing work and shall be placed in forms before concrete is poured. 1. Placement of bolts in bases shall be done under other Division. Furnish detail drawings, templates, and anchor bolts for bases to the General Contractor in time to avoid delaying work schedules. 2. Expansion shields shall only be used with specific approval of the Architect. Wooden or soft metal plugs shall not be used. I. Cutting and patching: 1. All additional cutting, patching and reinforcement of construction of building, subject to review by the Architect, shall be performed under this Section. 2. Refer to appropriate Division for requirements. 3.3 WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT A. Plumbing devices or equipment located in damp, semi-exposed areas shall be weather- resistant. Enclosures shall comply with NEMA Type 3R requirements. B. Air distribution devices located in damp areas outside shall be weather-resistant (aluminum, etc.). 3.4 CLEANING A. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting and acceptance. Perform in stages if directed. B. Painted exposed work soiled or damaged: Clean and repair to match adjoining work before final acceptance. C. Remove dust and debris from inside and outside of material and equipment. 3.5 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested in the presence of the Owner or an Owner designated representative upon completion of the Work and demonstrates that the installation is in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. All motors shall be checked and adjusted for correct direction of rotation. C. Any work found not to be in compliance with the Contract documents shall be repaired or replaced without incurring additional cost to the Contract price. D. Provide all instruction to the Owner on maintenance and operation of all systems and equipment provided under this Division. 3.6 WARRANTIES A. The warranty period for all systems, equipment, components, work, etc. shall be no less than one (1) year, unless specified otherwise hereinafter and shall include at least one (1) full heating season and one (1) full cooling season. The warranty shall include parts and labor. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 01 00 - 7 B. The Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, remedy any defects within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect. In default thereof, the Owner may have such work done and charge all costs to the Contractor. C. The start of the Contractor’s warranty period, as defined in the General Conditions, shall commence on the issue of a “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, by the Owner or the Owner’s Representative for each item of material, equipment or system. D. The Subcontractor shall confer with the General Contractor prior to the bid date concerning the project schedule and determine if there is a need to operate any items of equipment or systems for temporary heating and/or cooling or other reasons prior to “Substantial Completion”. All required extended warranty costs for equipment, materials, and systems shall be included in the Subcontractor’s bid. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -1 SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Conditions of the Contract and applicable requirements of Division 1, “General Requirements”, and Section 22 01 00 “General Plumbing Requirements”, govern this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide pipe hangers, supports, and required appurtenances as specified and indicated 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MSS Standard Compliance: Provide pipe hangers and supports of materials, design, and manufacture which comply with ANSI/MSS SP-58, SP-59, SP-89, and SP-90. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: The model numbers listed in the Specification establish a level of quality and material. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products and materials by the following: 1. ITT Grinnell Corporation, 2. Fee and Mason, 3. Central Iron Manufacturing Company, and 4. F& S Manufacturing Company PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Provide pipe hangers and supports as specified. Comply with local codes and standards for pipe and equipment support and anchorage. Pipe supports shall be of material that will prevent electrolytic action. B. Inserts: Provide Grinnell No. 282 inserts for concrete construction. C. Piping in Multiple Parallel Runs: Provide Grinnell No. 45 or No. 50 with Grinnell No. 137 U-bolt pipe clamps or structural channels or angles with U-bolt clamps, supported as trapeze hangers where multiple parallel runs of piping are shown. Select and size members for weights to be carried and span dimensions between supports. D. Piping in Single Runs: Provide Fee and Mason Fig. 239 or Grinnell No. 260 clevis hanger. E. Hanger Rod: Provide hanger rods of required length. Rod diameters shall be as listed in the following table. Rod diameters may be adjusted after consultation with the Structural Engineer concerning the building framing system, the method of attachment to the structure and the support rod spacing. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -2 Pipe Sizes Rod Diameter 3/4” - 2” 3/8” 2-1/2” – 3” 1/2” 4” – 5” 5/8” 6” 3/4” 8” – 12” 7/8” 14” – 18” 1” F. Riser Clamps: Provide Fee and Mason Figure 241 riser clamps. Riser clamps for copper tube shall be copper-plated. G. Saddles and Shields: 1. Saddles for Horizontal Insulated Piping Without Vapor Barrier: At each hanger or support on horizontal runs, provide Grinnell No. 160 or Fee and Mason Figure 171, 1710, 1712, or 172 saddles, as applicable. Shields as described below may be used instead of the saddles. On heating water systems below 140ºF (60ºC), hangers may be sized for the pipe size and of a material compatible with the pipe. Where dissimilar materials are used, provide dielectric separation. Carry insulation over the hanger and seal where hanger is sized for pipe. 2. Shields for Horizontal Insulated Water Piping With Vapor Barrier: At each hanger or support for water piping, provide a half section of preformed 6 PCF density fiberglass or rigid calcium silicate, with jacket of adjacent insulation brought across unbroken, supported on semicircular 16 gauge shields. Shields for pipe 4” and smaller shall be 12” long; shields for pipe 5” to 8” shall be 18” long; and shields for larger pipe shall be 24” long. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Independent Support: Support fire sprinkler and standpipe piping independently of other piping in accordance with NFPA-approved methods and local codes and standards. B. Provisions for Movement: 1. Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate the action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. 2. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loading stresses from movement will not be transmitted to any pipe or connected equipment. Pipe supports shall properly transmit the weight of the pipe and its contents to the building structure, or to independent posts, piers, or foundations. 3. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide the indicated pipe slopes so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 are not exceeded. C. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through the insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31. 2. Shields: Where low-compressive-strength insulation of vapor barriers are indicated on cold, chilled, or heating water piping, install coated protective shields. For pipe 8” and over, install rigid calcium silicate insulation between saddles and pipe. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -3 D. Spacing: Install hangers and supports in piping systems to remove stress from equipment flanges and rotating equipment. Space hangers and supports as shown in the following table. Rod spacing may be adjusted after consultation with the Structural Engineer concerning the building framing system, the method of attachment to the structure and the support rod diameters. Trade Pipe Size Maximum Spacing 1/2" 5' 3/4" 6' 1" and 1-1/4" 7' 1-1/2" 9' 2" 10' 2-1/2" 11' 3" 12' 4" 14' 5" 16' 6" 17' 8" 19' E. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection saddles, or use hangers as indicated in Paragraph 2.0/H.1. F. Guides: Install pipe guides complying with the manufacturer’s published product literature. Where not otherwise indicated, install pipe guides near expansion loops, expansion joints, and ball joints. G. Anchors: Install anchors at the proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31 and to prevent the transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. Anchors shall include vibration isolation in accordance with the pipe support system specified. Where the piping system is floating, the anchors shall be termed restraints or braces. 1. Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with the expansion unit manufacturers written instructions, to limit movement of piping and forces to the maximums recommended by the manufacturer of each unit. 2. Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at the ends of principal pipe runs and at intermediate points in pipe runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset of anchors as required accommodating both expansion and contraction of piping. H. Leveling: Adjust hangers and supports and place grout as required under supports to bring piping to proper levels and elevations. I. Hangers: Refer to Section 23 05 48, “Vibration Isolation”, for additional information and support requirements. Pipe hangers made of wood, wire, or sheet iron shall not be permitted. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -4 J. Riser Supports: Vertical piping shall be secured at sufficiently close intervals to keep the pipe in alignment and carry the weight of the pipe and contents. 1. Cast iron soil pipe shall be supported at the base and at each story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 10’. 2. Steel pipe shall be supported at the base and at no less than every other story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 25’. 3. Copper tube shall be supported at each story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 10’. 4. Plastic pipe shall be supported at mid point between floors and at ceiling to prevent movement, but in no case at intervals greater than 8’. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 1 SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 22 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the insulation of Plumbing piping and equipment. Comply with other Division 22 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the insulation system specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Approved manufacturers are Armstrong, Calsite, Cell-U-Foarm Corp, Ceelco, Certainteed Corp, Dow Chemical Company, Forrest Mfg Co, Foster / Chilers, Gemco, Johns Manville, Knauf Fiberglass, Midwest Fastners, Owens Corning Fiberglass, Pittsburg Corning Fiberglass, Rubatex, Trymer, and Venture Tape. B. All insulation, jacket and adhesive shall have a fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested under ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread: 25 Fuel Contributed: 50 Smoke Developed: 50 Exceptions: Type B Insulation and PVC Fitting Covers 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Per Section 22 01 00. B. Product Data 1. Type A Insulation 2. Type B Insulation 3. Type C Insulation 4. Type E Insulation 5. Metal Jacket 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The word “plenum” shall mean a ceiling space or mechanical room used for the transfer of conditioned return and/or outside air. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION A. Type A – Fiberglass (indoor) 1. One Piece glass fiber, rigid molded sectional pipe covering with factory applied aluminum foil and white craft paper flame retardant vapor barrier jacket, conforming to ASTM C547, Class II, Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. 2. Thermal Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.23 (BTU/HR., SF., Degree F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Similar to Johns Manville Corp “Micro Lox 650 AP T”, or approved equal. B. Type B - Closed Cell (indoor) 1. Closed cell, flexible foamed plastic conforming to ASTM C534, "Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form." Insulation shall be suitable for a temperature range from –40 degrees F to 220 degrees F. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.27 (BTUHR., SF., Degree F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Similar to Armstrong “Armaflex”, or approved equal. C. Type C – Polyioscyanurate (outdoor) 1. Prefabricated 2 lb./cu.ft. density polyisocyanurate insulation with waterproof mastic and glass fiber jacket finished with an aluminum jacket with waterproof silicone caulk joints. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.14 (BTUHR., SF., degrees F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Insulation shall be applied per manufacturer’s recommendations. Joint sealants and coatings shall be as approved by the insulation manufacturer for the intended application and service temperature range. 4. Jacketing shall be an all service jacket with 1 mm aluminum foil on pipe insulation and FSK jacket on board stock applied by the manufacturer to ASTMC-1136. Jacket shall have integral flap for sealing joint. 5. Similar to Trymer 9501, or approved equal. 2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type E 1. Calcium silicate block conforming to ASTM C 553, Type I (1200 degrees F. max), asbestos free. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.42 (BTU IN/HR., SF., degree F) per inch thickness at 200 °F. 3. Similar to Calsilite, or approved equal. 2.3 METAL JACKET A. Smooth aluminum jacket 0.016 inch thick. B. Integral polykraft or poly-surlyn moisture barrier. C. Banded locking joints with field applied silicone weatherproof sealant. D. Similar to Johns Manville Corp, or approved equal. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 3 2.4 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. The following accessories shall be used in the application of the thermal insulations specified under this Section: 1. PVC Fittings Covers: similar to Johns Manville Corp “Zeston”, or approved equal. 2. Pressure Sensitive polyester film tape to secure pipe insulation up to 12” outside diameter: Similar to 3M 30-80, or approved equal. 3. Vapor Seal Mastic: Similar to Childers CP-35, or approved equal. 4. Lagging Adhesive: Similar to Childers CP-52, or approved equal. 5. Wire: 16 gauge soft stainless steel. 6. Insulation Bonding Adhesive (To Metal): Similar to Childers CP-82, or approved equal. 7. Insulating and Finishing Cement: Similar to Insulco Smooth Kote, or approved equal. 8. Mechanical Fasteners - Welded or adhered pins with speed clip washers: Similar to Gemco Midwest Fasteners, or approved equal. 9. Bands for Equipment: a. Outside diameter of insulation is less than 24 inch: 1/2 inch x 0.020-inch (25 ga.) stainless steel. b. Where diameter is 36 inches or larger: 3/4 inch x 0.020 inch. 10. Bands for Piping: 1/2 inch x 0.020-inch stainless steel. 11. Wire Mesh: 1 inch by 20-gage stainless steel hexagonal wire netting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSULATION APPLICABILITY A. Condensate Drains (inside plenums and fire partitions/floors) – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1/2 all 3/4 1-1/4 and up B. Horizontal waste piping from electric water coolers – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1/2 all C. Domestic Cold Water – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1 all D. Domestic Hot Water and Tempered Water – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1 all E. Domestic Water Heaters shall be factory insulated. Notes: a. The above thicknesses are the minimum required. All local codes and local energy codes shall be complied with. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 4 b. All piping exposed to outdoors shall be insulated. All piping subject to freezing shall be provided with heat tracing. Coordinate insulation with heat trace cable and controls. c. Insulation types and thickness are a minimum standard. Each application shall be carefully considered and insulation product type and thickness shall be appropriate for each specific application. Submit all insulation products with verification of their service intent. 3.2 PIPING INSULATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Preparation 1. Do not apply insulation until piping has been leak tested. 2. All surfaces to be insulated shall be dry and free of loose scale, rust, dirt, oil or water. B. Application: 1. Insulation shall be installed in a smooth, clean workmanlike manner. Joints shall be tight and finished smooth without fish-mouths. 2. Insulation shall fit tightly against the surface to which it is applied to prevent air circulation between the insulation and the pipe or equipment to which it is applied. 3. Insulation applied to cold piping or equipment shall be completely vapor sealed, free of pinholes or other openings. 4. Do not use wet insulation materials. 5. All longitudinal joints on vertical pipe runs shall be staggered. 6. Apply insulation so as to permit expansion or contraction of pipelines without causing damage to insulation or surface finish. 7. Do not apply mastic or adhesive until all previous applications of mastic and adhesives have thoroughly dried. 8. No bands or staples shall be provided on covering. 9. The adhesive used in connection with all covering work shall contain an approved vermin and rodent proof ingredient. 10. Provide 24-gauge sheet-metal saddle between the pipe hanger/support and the exterior of the insulation. Saddle length shall be the same as insulation inserts. C. Application at Fittings: 1. Insulation of flanges and flanged fittings shall overlap adjacent pipe covering at least 1 inch. Valves shall be insulated up to the gland only. 2. Pipeline strainers shall be insulated in such a manner as to permit removal of strainer basket without disturbing insulation of the strainer body. 3. Insulation adjacent to un-insulated flanges shall be tapered back and neatly finished so as to allow access to and removal of bolts without injury to covering. 3.3 TYPE A INSTALLATION A. Tightly butt together sections of insulation on pipe runs sealing longitudinal seams of jacket with a self-sealing adhesive. Seal end joints with 4-inch wide straps of matching vapor barrier tape. Seal off ends of insulation with vapor seal mastic at valves, fittings and flanges. No further finish required. Mastic shall extend onto the bare pipe and over the insulation O.D. B. PVC fitting jackets shall be used when they are available for the particular application. When molded or routed coverings are not available, the coverings shall be fabricated in the field similar to equipment insulation. Molded or routed fitting covers are highly recommended. Order PVC pre-curled. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 5 C. Cold Piping: 1. Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation having the same thickness as adjacent pipe covering, securing in place reforming tape up to 12” O.D. and ½” wide SST bands on larger O.D. Apply a PVC jacket and seal joints with PVC cement (solvent welding). D. Hot Piping: 1. Covers shall overlap the pipe insulation by the thickness of the insulation or 2” min. Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation similar to the adjacent pipe covering, securing in place with reforming tape up to 12” O.D. and ½” wide SST bands on larger O.D. Apply a PVC jacket and tape end joints to adjacent pipe insulation. 2. Do not use PVC fitting jackets where the surface of the insulation is above 150 degrees F. E. Exterior Piping: 1. Exterior above grade water piping shall be finished with a weatherproof jacket and an aluminum jacket. Lap and seal joints as per manufacturer's instructions. Place laps to shed water. 3.4 METAL JACKET INSTALLATION A. Cover all piping insulation exposed to the exterior with metal jacket as specified herein. 3.5 HANGERS A. Continue insulation through pipe hangers. Provide either rigid insulation inserts or sheet metal inserts at all outside pipe hangers. Provide rigid insulation inserts for piping operating below 60 °F. and sheet metal inserts for piping above 60 °F. B. Provide rigid insulation (on non-insulated piping) or sheet metal inserts (on insulated piping) between the pipe and pipe hanger - shall be of a thickness equal to the adjoining insulation and shall be provided with vapor barrier where required. Insulation insert shall not be less than the following lengths: 1/2” to 2 1/2" pipe size 10 Inches Long 3” to 6" pipe size 12 Inches Long 8” to 10" pipe size 16 Inches Long 12” and over 22 Inches Long C. Inserts for cold piping shall have a vapor barrier facing of the same material as the adjacent pipe insulation. Seal inserts into insulation with vapor seal mastic. D. Sheet metal inserts shall be of steel sheet. Gauge shall conform to manufacturer's recommendation for pipe size. Sheet metal inserts shall have insulation filler of the same material as the adjacent pipe insulation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 - 6 3.6 PIPE SLEEVES A. Pipe insulation and vapor barrier shall be continuous through sleeves in walls and floors. B. Provide 26 gauge galvanized steel or 0.020 inch aluminum jacket over insulation on pipe passing through sleeves where sealant is required. C. Where penetrating interior walls, extend the metal jacket 2 inches out either side of the wall and secure each end with a metal band compressing the insulation slightly. D. Where penetrating floors, extend the metal jacket 2 inches below the floor and 5 inches above the floor. Secure with metal bands. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 1 SECTION 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 22 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the plumbing piping systems. Comply with other Division 22 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the plumbing piping systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide complete operating plumbing piping systems including pipe, tube, fittings, and appurtenances as indicated and in compliance with these Specifications. B. Applications: Applications of piping systems include, but are not limited to, the systems as listed below: Working Operating System Pressure Temperatures Domestic Cold Water High 350 psig 40 to 80°F Medium 300 psig 40 to 80°F Low 150 psig 40 to 80°F Domestic Hot Water High 350 psig 90 to 120°F Medium 300 psig 90 to 120°F Low 150 psig 90 to 120°F Condensate Drainage 40 to 60°F Sanitary Drainage Natural Gas 2 psig 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify welding procedures, welders, and operators in accordance with ANSI B31.1, Paragraph 127.5, for shop and job site welding of piping work. Make welded joints on the piping system with continuous welds, without backing rings and with pipe ends beveled before welding. Gas cuts shall be true and free from burned metal. Before welding, surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The piping shall be carefully aligned and no weld metal shall project inside the pipe. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. General: Provide pipe and tube of type, joint, grade, size, and weight (wall thickness, schedule or class) indicated for each service. Comply with applicable governing regulations and industry standards. 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, ASTM A106, or ASTM A120, black or hot-dipped galvanized as specified. 2. Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types "K", Type "L", or Type "M" copper water tube as defined by the Copper and Brass Research Association. 3. Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI A21.51, Class 150 with bell and spigot ends for push-on joints. 4. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, standard weight, hub and spigot-type. 5. Hubless Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301-78, standard weight with spigot bead ends for coupling assembly. 6. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Sewer main SDR 41, ASTM D3034 with bell ends and pre-inserted gasket joints. 7. Pre-insulated Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, ASTM A106, ASTM A120, and ANSI B31.1. 8. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe: Class 150, thickwall, Schedule 80, AWWA C90 mechanical joint. 9. Copper Drainage Pipe: DWV copper piping. 10. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Drainage Pipe: Schedule 40 PVC. 2.2 PIPE / TUBE FITTINGS A. General: Provide factory-fabricated fittings of type, materials, grade, class, and pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Provide sizes and types matching pipe, tube, valve, and equipment connections. Where not otherwise indicated, comply with governing regulations, industry standards, and where applicable, with pipe manufacturer's instructions for selections. 1. Cast Iron Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.1, Class 125 or Class 250, black or galvanized as specified, including bolting and gasketing. 2. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4 or ASTM A126, Class 125 or Class 250, black or galvanized as specified. 3. Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150 or Class 300, black or galvanized as specified. 4. Malleable Iron Threaded Unions: ANSI B16.39, select for proper piping fabrication and service requirements including style, end connections, and metal-to-metal seats (iron, bronze, or brass), plain or galvanized as specified. 5. Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI B16.14. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 3 6. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting, gasketing, and butt weld end connections. 7. Forged Steel Socket-welding and Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.11, rated to match schedule of connected pipe. 8. Wrought Steel Butt-welding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe. 9. Cast Iron Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.22 galvanized with pitched threaded ends. 10. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe, except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1/2". Do not thread nipples full length (no all-thread nipples). 11. Wrought Copper/Bronze Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22 suitable for working pressure up to 250 psig. 12. Hub-less Cast Iron Pipe Fittings: CISPI 301-78 and comply with governing regulations. 13. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Fittings: ASTM A74. 14. Compression Gaskets: CISPI HSN-75. 15. Lead/Oakum Joint Materials: Comply with governing regulations for service use indicated. 16. Grooved End Fittings: ASTM A47 or ASTM A536 joined with Victaulic Style 77 couplings and Grade "E" gaskets. 17. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings: ASTM D2665, Carlon, Vylon "Z" high strength sewer fittings. 18. Copper Drainage Fitting: DWV copper drainage fittings. B. Miscellaneous Piping Materials/Products: 1. Welding Materials: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, Section II, Part C, for welding materials. 2. Brazing Materials: American Welding Society, AWS A5.B, Classification BCup-5. 3. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: 1/8" thick gaskets. Ring-type shall be used between raised face flanges and full face-type between flat face flanges with punched bolt holes and pipe opening. Gaskets shall be Garlock Style 3400 compressed non- asbestos or equal. 4. Insulating (Dielectric) Unions: Provide dielectric unions at all pipe connections between ferrous and nonferrous piping. Unions shall be "Delvin" as made by Pipeline Seal and Insulator Company or "EPCO" as made by Epco Sales, Inc. and shall have nylon insulation or equal. 5. Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM C 564, neoprene, compression-type. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 4 6. Push-on-Joints: ANSI A21.11, rubber compression-type, "Tyton Joint" as manufactured by US Pipe or equal. 7. Hub-less Cast Iron Joints: CISPI 310, stainless steel corrugated shield and clamp assembly over one piece neoprene sealing sleeve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Industry Practices: Install pipe, tube, and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leak-proof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without failure or degradation of service. Install each run with a minimum of joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanged connections to permit disassembly for maintenance/ replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align accurately at connections. Coordinate piping locations with other trades to avoid conflict. Give ductwork preference unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. 2. Systems: Install piping parallel or perpendicular to lines of building, true to line and grade, and with sufficient hangers to prevent sags between hangers. Provide fittings at changes in direction. Piping in finished areas shall be concealed, except in mechanical rooms. Where pipes of different sizes join, provide reducing elbows, tees, or couplings. Bushings will not be acceptable. 3. Expansion and Contraction: Install loops, offsets, sizing joints, and expansion joints, as necessary, to avoid strain resulting from expansion and contraction of piping systems on fixtures and equipment. Provide mechanical grooved connections required by the application to reduce vibration at equipment connections. Provide expansion joints in piping systems by mechanical grooved connections where required. B. Steel Pipe: Ream steel pipe after cutting and before threading. Thread with clean-cut taper threads of length to engage all threads in fittings and leave no full-cut threads exposed after make-up. C. Copper Pipe: Cut copper pipe square and ream to remove burrs. Clean fitting socket and pipe ends with sand cloth or wire brush. D. PVC Pipe: Cut PVC pipe square and remove all burrs. Clean fitting and pipe butt prior to installation. Install all PVC piping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Final Connections to Equipment Furnished by Owner or Under Other Divisions of These Specifications: Where equipment is to be furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications or by the Owner, such equipment will be delivered to the site, uncrated, assembled, and set in-place under those other Divisions of these Specifications or under the separate contracts. Any required automatic control valves shall also be provided under those other Divisions of these Specifications or other separate contracts. Make all final connections of hot water, condenser water, gas, domestic water, waste, and vent as required. Provide valves, unions, strainers, check valves, and traps as required for proper operation of systems and equipment. Equipment not shown on the Architectural Drawings or noted by the Architect and/or Engineer shall not be included in the scope of this requirement. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 5 F. Excavation, Installation, and Backfill for Underground Pipe: 1. Layout: Pipes shall be laid and pipe joints made in presence of the General Contractor and field measurements, layouts, batter board alignment, grade establishments, and similar locations shall be performed by a Professional Engineer in the employ of the Contractor. The Contractor's engineer shall be on the job during all underground work. A "Bench-Mark" reference shall be provided by the General Contractor. 2. Pipe Grading: Lay and maintain all pipes at required lines and grades during the course of the Work. 3. Trench: Excavate the trench to the depth required. Properly brace and de-water the trench and keep it free of water during installation, testing pipe, and backfilling. No water shall be discharged onto the street or freeway without approval by the Owner. 4. Excavation: The trench shall be at least 18" wider than the maximum diameter of the pipe or largest bell and the pipe shall be laid in the center of the trench. The trench shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide for pipe cushions or supports as specified. Trench width may be increased as required and piling left in place until sufficient compacted backfill is in place. Properly sheet all open trenches to render them secure and remove all such sheeting and before completing the backfill. Comply with all applicable national, state, and local codes and regulations. The quantity of excavation required to install sheeting and the installation and removal of sheetings will not be regarded as Extra Work. All costs incurred for this excavation and the installation of sheeting shall be included in the Contract Price. 5. Grading: Upon completion of excavation and prior to the laying of the pipe, the trench bottom shall be brought up to the required elevation with a pipe cushion, except where the cushion has been eliminated by the General Contractor. Pipe cushions shall be select material deposited in the trench and shall be compacted, leveled off, and shaped to obtain a smooth compacted bed along the laying length of the pipe. Pipe cushion material shall be as follows: a. Domestic Water Pipes: Material for pipe cushion shall comply with local codes and conform with the geo-technical report. In absence of local code requirements and/or geo-technical report, the cushion shall be bank sand or select backfill material approved by the General Contractor. Any material used shall pass a one-inch screen. b. Sanitary and Storm Sewers: Material for pipe cushion shall comply with local codes and conform with the geo-technical report. In absence of local code requirements and/or geo-technical report, the cushion shall be bank sand or select backfill material approved by the General Contractor. Any material used shall pass a one-inch screen. 6. Anchors: Cast iron pipes shall have concrete anchors at each change in direction and/or as directed. Any change in direction exceeding 15 degrees shall be anchored. Concrete anchors shall rest against solid (virgin) ground with the required area of bearing on pipe and ground to provide suitable anchoring. 7. Backfill: Backfill trenches only after piping has been inspected, tested, and approved by the General Contractor. Backfill shall be provided as recommended in the geo-technical report included in these Contract Documents, or in the absence of a geo-technical report, as required by site conditions. Refer to Division 2 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents for additional trenching and backfill requirements. 8. Existing Surfaces: Restore existing streets, driveways, and sidewalks damaged during the excavation work to acceptable condition, subject to approval by the Owner. 9. Safety: Provide street and sidewalk excavations with approved barricades, warning lights, and cover plates as required by the local authorities. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 6 3.2 PLUMBING SERVICES A. Scope: 1. This Contractor shall provide the building sanitary sewer to 5 feet outside the building and shall extend the domestic water service from the main shutoff valve stubbed above floor in the building. 2. Verify locations and conditions. B. General: Install the various piping systems as described hereinafter, and as required by the local plumbing inspection department. 1. Slope domestic hot and cold water piping to drain and provide with hose valves (drain valves) at low points. 2. Install soil, waste, and vent piping with horizontal lines pitched in accordance with local codes, but in no case less than 1/4" per foot for pipe 2-1/2" and smaller, and 1/8" per foot for pipe 3" and larger. Install soil, waste, and vent piping with hubs of each length of piping in the upstream position. 3. Make-up lead and oakum joints with molten lead run into hubs in one continuous pour, to a minimum depth of one inch. 4. Make-up "Ty-Seal" or "Dual-Tite" gasketed joints using lubrication and joining tools as instructed by the manufacturers. Base of stacks, horizontal runs under pressure, and gasketed pipe 5" and larger shall be made up using "Lubrifast" joining material. 5. Torque "No-Hub" joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not install "No-Hub" joints below ground. 6. Provide chrome-plated piping at each fixture installed in a finished space. Install with proper strap wrenches to avoid marking or defacing. 7. Provide proper restraints on riser and stack offsets. C. Plumbing Connections to Fixtures and Equipment: 1. General: Provide necessary pipe and fittings. Make final connections to provide cold water make-up and natural gas supply to mechanical equipment. Locate cold water make-up and gas supply where shown and connect with suitable stop valves. D. The domestic water service shall be Class 150 AWWA cement lined C.I. with Class 250 fittings, mechanical joints or push-on rubber ring gaskets, ASTM A377-66 or PVC AWWA C900 with solvent welded fittings. Provide tie rods and thrust blocks as required. 3.3 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. Interior Hot and Cold Water Piping: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 7 1. Piping 3" and smaller, Type "L" copper tubing with wrought copper solder end fittings. At the Contractor's option, this piping may be as specified for piping 4" and larger. 2. Piping 4" and larger, Schedule 40, galvanized steel pipe, ASTM A120 with galvanized malleable iron fittings, or galvanized cast iron flanged fittings. 3. Provide isolation fitting whenever dissimilar materials are used. 4. Option: At the Contractor's option, for piping 3" or larger, Victaulic Style 77 couplings, Victaulic fittings and tees may be used instead of the above, if Victaulic groove depth control tool is used for field grooving. Victaulic flanges and reducing couplings shall not be installed. 5. Piping Run-outs to Fixtures: Provide piping run-outs to fixtures sized to comply with governing regulations. Each fixture shall be provided with a shut-off valve for each supply line. Provide all shutoff valves necessary to isolate mains to each restroom. Exposed lines shall be chromium-plated. B. Air Chambers: Provide the necessary air chambers, shock absorbers, or water hammer arrestors, specifically sized for the application to prevent water hammer. 1. All water hammer arrestors shall be PDI certified, size A, B, C, D, E, F, as indicated and/or as appropriate for the fixtures served. Josam, Zurn, or Jay R. Smith. 2. Water hammer arrestors shall be installed at the top of each riser, and on each fixture branch, with quick closing valves, in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard WH201. 3.4 UNDERGROUND DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE & FIRE PROTECT. PIPING A. Piping Two-and-a-half Inches and Smaller: Type "K", copper tubing with wrought copper brazed end fittings. B. Piping Three Inches and Larger: Ductile iron bell and spigot, push-on joint, pressure water pipe. Joints shall be of the push-on-type employing a molded rubber gasket retained in a ring recessed into the inside of the bell. Pipe and joints shall be manufactured by Tyler Pipe and Foundry Company or equal. Coat pipe and fittings inside and outside with the manufacturer's standard coal tar enamel suitable for domestic water service. PVC AWWA C900 piping with solvent welded fittings can be used where acceptable by the local authorities. 3.5 SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS A. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping Underground: Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings with lead and oakum joints or neoprene gasket joints made up with "Lubrifast" joining material or PVC piping with solvent welded joints. Provide and install code-approved manholes as required. B. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping Above Ground: Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings with neoprene gasketed joints or Schedule 40, service weight hub-less cast iron soil pipe and fittings with coupling assembly, or Schedule 40 PVC pipe with PVC drainage fittings. NOTE: Use PVC only where allowed by code. No PVC to be used in return air plenums. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 8 C. Cleanouts: 1. General: Care shall be used when locating cleanouts. Wherever possible, do not place cleanouts in "finished" areas. All locations shall be approved by the Architect. 2. Finished Floor: Jay R. Smith No. 4031, cast iron adjustable assembly with nickel bronze cover and tapered thread bronze plug. Provide clamping collar when installed in floors having waterproof membrane. 3. Unfinished Areas: Jay R. Smith No. 4237 cleanout with adjustable cast iron tractor cover tops with speedi-set outlet. 4. Walls: Jay R. Smith No. 4710, cast iron with nickel bronze, round, smooth, access cover, vandal-proof screws. 5. Locations: a. At base of every drainage stack b. Maximum distance between cleanouts is 90 feet. c. At turns greater than 45 degrees. d. Other locations required by local code. 3.6 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM A. Code Compliance Products: Comply with local utility company codes and AGA regulations which require the products used for gas piping work to be selected from lists in certain published standards or coded as indicated. B. Gas Piping: Gas piping intended for operation at pressures of 5 psig or greater shall be ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black steel joined by Schedule 40, black welding fittings. Gas piping intended for operation at pressures less than 5 psig shall be ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black steel joined by Schedule 40, black welded fittings or Class 150 pounds, banded, black malleable iron, threaded fittings. C. Concealed Piping and Protection: Gas piping run concealed in walls, chases, or above ceilings shall be installed as required by local codes and the serving utility company. D. Underground Piping: Gas piping installed below grade shall be coated with Republic Steel Corporation (US) "X-Tru-Coat" high density polyethylene extruded coating, factory- applied with a fluid mastic to a minimum thickness of 0.040". Field welds, joints, and fittings shall be protected with mastic undercoat and by wrapping at least two layers of "X-Tru-Tape" installed as instructed by manufacturer. Polyethylene piping and fittings may be used if approved by the local authorities. 3.7 CLEANING, FLUSHING, TESTING, AND INSPECTING A. Cleaning: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems and prepare surface for application of any required coatings. B. Flushing: Flush piping systems with clean water prior to performing any required tests. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 9 C. Piping Tests: 1. General: Blank off equipment during tests. Perform tests before piping is enclosed in walls, floors, partitions or in any other way concealed from view. Tests may be performed in sections. Tests shall be witnessed by the General Contractor and local inspectors and the test results presented to the Engineer for acceptance and approval prior to concealing piping from view. Provide all necessary equipment for testing, including pumps and gauges. Note: All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer as specified in Section 22 01 00. 2. Domestic Water Systems: Test hot and cold water systems hydrostatically to a pressure of 150 psig or 1-1/2 times working pressure, whichever is greater, for a period of 4 hours. Repair all leaks, replacing materials as necessary, and repeat tests until systems are proven tight. 3. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping System: Test soil, waste, and vent piping by plugging all openings and filling system to height required by City Plumbing Inspector, but not less than 10'. Inspect all joints for leaks, repair all leaks found, and retest until piping is demonstrated to be free from leaks. In addition to water test, apply peppermint or smoke tests, if required by local code. All underground main piping shall be inspected with a camera and the taped test results submitted to the Owner. 4. Natural Gas Piping System: Test natural gas piping with compressed air or nitrogen at 5 times service pressure but not less than 100 psig for 24 hours and in accordance with the requirements of the local codes and the serving utility company. Repair all leaks, replacing materials as necessary, and repeat test until systems are proven tight. 5. Disinfecting of Water Systems: Disinfect as required by code. Where code does not dictate tests to be conducted, at a minimum disinfect the hot and cold water systems as follows: Fill systems with water solution containing 50 ppm available chlorine; allow to stand for 4 hours, opening and closing all valves several times during this period; thoroughly flush; refill and place system in service; ensure a chlorine content of 2.5 ppm. 6. Cleaning and Adjusting: Thoroughly clean and disinfect all plumbing fixtures, including all exposed trim. Adjust all flush valves for proper flushing, but without excess use of water. D. Inspecting: Visually inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, adequate hangers, supports, and inclusion of accessories. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 -1 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 22 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the water source heat pump systems. Comply with other Division 22 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. All fixtures shall be white, unless otherwise indicated. B. All exposed trim to be heavy polished chrome plated brass, unless otherwise indicated. C. Electric water coolers shall be ARI Certified. Units shall be UL Listed. Units shall use refrigerant which is approved for use without ozone depleting properties. D. All sinks and lavatories for use by the handicapped shall have hot supply and P-trap insulated per ADA. PART 2 – PRODUCTS A. See Schedules. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All wall hung fixtures shall be supported on approved supporting chair carrier furnished complete with special foot piece and all necessary bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets unless noted otherwise. The adjustable nipple between the cast iron fitting and the closet bowl shall be threaded cast iron. Secure all floor pieces to floor slab. B. All exposed piping in connection with fixtures shall be chromium plated. Where pipes pass through walls, provide chromium plated escutcheons and firmly secure in place. C. Provide stop valves on inlet supplies to all fixtures. D. Fixtures, trim and methods of piping and installation shall conform to local plumbing code. Fixtures in a given line shall be the product of one manufacturer. E. Where wall hangers are used for wall hung fixtures, install at least four (4) 3/8" lag bolts and expansion shields. Where wall hung fixtures are secured to masonry walls or partitions, they shall be fastened with through bolts provided with nuts and washers at back. Bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagon, and exposed bolts, nuts, washers and screws shall be chromium plated brass. Where secured to concrete or brickwork walls, they shall be fastened with brass bolts or machine screws in lead sleeve type expansion shields and shall extend at least three (3) inches into solid concrete brickwork. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 -2 F. Close coordination is required between plumber and tile Contractor in closet installation. Maintain 1/16" clearance between finished wall and back of closet and follow manufacturer's details in installing couplings to insure tight seal at closet outlet. G. Fixtures shall be cleaned, adjusted and left in first class working order before the project is turned over to the Owner. H. The Contractor shall see that proper foundations are set to form a secure base for all fixtures to provide absolutely rigid settings. Steel backing plates shall be used to rigidly secure fixtures unless carriers are specified. Immediately after fixtures are set they shall be covered with reinforced heavy Kraft paper. This protection shall not be removed until completion of the work. I. In addition, furnish and install such guards and boxing as may be required to protect fixtures against damage by normal operations of other trades. J. Fixtures shall be protected at all times and if the protection is removed by others, the Contractor shall have the protection replaced before any damage is done. K. Grout base of floor fixtures and behind all wall-hung plumbing fixtures with white, non- shrinking, silicon caulking eliminating all voids and cracks. Provide sufficient plane bearing surface for mounting. L. Contractor shall caulk the joint between the finished wall surface and all plumbing fixtures. Verify colors with the Architect. Caulking material shall comply with the appropriate section of these Specifications. M. Setting heights of all fixtures shall be coordinated with the Architect. N. The Contractor shall obtain from the Builder exact information relative to finish grade of the top of the floor drains. All floor drains shall be set flush with finished floors. O. Cleanouts shall be provided where indicated on drawings and where required by code. P. Where test tees are installed at the base of the stack or on the stack, they may be used as a cleanout. Q. Provide the building with three (3) wrenches for removing flush cleanout plugs. R. Each fixture shall be provided with a shut-off valve for each supply line. All exposed lines shall be chromium-plated. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 1 SECTION 23 01 00 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Division 23 includes Division 23 01 00 of the Specifications and Mechanical Drawings (HVAC). Elements of the Scope of Work include, but are not limited to, labor, materials, equipment, supplies, storage, transportation and all required permits, fees and licenses. Division 23 does not stand alone, but is part of the complete project and its Documents. Requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1 apply to all work in the Division. B. Provide the necessary interface with other Divisions to provide a complete project. Carefully check the Documents of this Division with those Documents of other Divisions. Determine the requirements of any interfacing materials or equipment being furnished and/or installed by those Sections and Divisions, and provide proper installation and required interface. C. No deviation from the Contract Documents shall be made without the written consent of the Architect and Engineer. D. All Specifications and Drawings are to be considered together as the Contract Documents. Any work shown in one and not the other, or is implied by either, shall be provided to make a complete project. Should conflicts exist between the Specifications and Drawings or there is an item shown or noted for which is not clearly defined, immediately submit a request for clarification. Under no circumstance will conflicts between the Specifications and Drawings be grounds for additional cost to the Contract after the Contract is established. E. The Drawings are schematic and are not intended to show the exact location of duct, piping, equipment, etc. F. Dimensions and information regarding accurate locations of equipment, and structural limitations and finish shall be coordinated and verified with other Divisions of Work. Be prepared to furnish dimensions and information regarding the Work of this Division to other trades. G. The right is reserved to relocate any device (receptacle, switch, fire alarm, audio/visual, junction box, outlet, thermostat, diffuser, etc.) a maximum of 10’-0” before it is permanently installed without incurring additional cost to the Contract. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with the most recently revised versions of all local, state and federal codes, ordinances of the authority having jurisdiction, laws, rules and regulations. Any modifications required by any of the above shall be made without any additional cost to the Owner. Where requirements between governing Codes and Regulations vary, the more restrictive provision shall apply. B. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed as authority or permission to disregard legal requirements and regulations. The Contractor shall thoroughly review the Documents and bring any such conflicts to the attention of the Architect and Engineer prior to Installation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 2 C. All materials, installation, and workmanship shall comply standards and/or codes of the following: 1. The 2020 Florida Building Code 2. The 2020 Florida Mechanical Code 3. The 2020 Florida Plumbing Code 4. The 2020 Florida Fuel Gas Code 5. The 2020 Florida Fire Prevention Code 6. The Current Energy Code 7. National Electrical Code 8. National Fire Protection Association 9. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 10. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials 11. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act 13. UL - Underwriter’s Laboratories 14. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating and Air Conditioning Engineers 15. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ Nat’l Assoc. 16. Include any local amendments. D. All materials shall be new and shall bear the label of UL if applicable. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: to furnish, install and connect. B. Furnish: to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items customarily required for the proper and complete application. C. Install: to join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set-up or connect together, complete, tested, and ready for normal satisfactory operation. D. Engineer: the Engineer of record. E. Contract Documents: the complete set of Specifications and Drawings of all Divisions. F. Work: labor, materials, equipment, accessories, controls and other items required for a complete installation. G. Concealed: embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces or in enclosures. H. Exposed: not installed underground or concealed. I. Equal: equal in quality, workmanship, materials, weight, size, design and efficiency of the specified product, conforming with listed manufacturers. J. Supply: to purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories. K. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): applicable local, state and federal authorities having jurisdiction over any part of the Scope within this Division and other Divisions. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer’s names and catalog numbers specified in the Contract Documents are intended to describe the material and set the standard of quality. All bids shall be based on manufacturers or products specified. Request for approval of manufacturers or products not specified shall be considered if the request is in written form and submitted to the Architect no later than seven (7) days prior to the bid date. All requests shall conform to the provisions of the general and supplementary conditions. B. When specific names are not stated, only the best available quality of material or equipment shall be submitted for review and used in the installation. 2.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Shop drawings and/or product data shall be submitted for the following for review: 1. HVAC duct system layouts, including supply air, return air, exhaust air, and outside air. HVAC piping system layouts. These drawings must include associated equipment, drawn to scale based on submittals for that equipment, must be dimensioned, and must include duct, piping and equipment elevation tags (distance above finished floor to bottom). The Contractor shall develop their own shop drawings, independent of the Engineer’s CAD files (as previously stated, the Engineer’s drawings are schematic/diagrammatic in nature). Architectural cad files for use as drawing backgrounds shall be secured by the contractor from the architect. Contractor shall coordinate any required cad release forms and payments for cad files with the architect. 2. Equipment, including but not limited to: split systems, air distribution devices (diffusers, etc), ductwork accessories, piping specialties, HVAC piping materials, etc. B. The Contractor shall obtain complete shop drawings, product data and samples from the manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, and all Division 23 Subcontractors, for all materials, products and equipment as specified herein in various Sections of the Specifications, and shall submit data and details of such materials, products and equipment for review by the Architect and Engineer. Prior to submission of the shop drawings, product data and samples to the Architect and Engineer, the Contractor shall thoroughly review the shop drawings, product data and samples and certify they are in compliance with the Contract Drawings. Further, the Contractor shall check all materials, products, and equipment upon their arrival on the Project site and verify their condition and compliance with the Contract Documents. Any Work which proceeds prior to receiving reviewed shop drawings shall be modified as required to comply with the Contract Documents and the shop drawings. A minimum period of fourteen (14) working days, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required in the Design Team’s offices each time a shop drawing, product data and/or sample is resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered by the Contractor when scheduling his Work. The initial shop drawing review for equipment and materials may be expedited through the mutual consent of the Contractor, Architect, Engineer, and Owner providing the Contractor agrees to submit complete, certified, documented, and coordinated shop drawings for review in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. The review of shop drawings, product data, and samples by the Architect and Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for dimensions or errors that may be contained therein, or for deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents. It NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 4 shall be clearly understood that the noting of some errors by the Engineer but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. D. All shop drawings and product data/submittals shall be submitted in compliance with the requirements of the general and supplementary conditions. Shop drawings and product data submittals shall be submitted via electronic format (e.g. PDF). The responsibility of copying review comments on any additional copies or rescanning returned hard copy prints will rest solely with the Contractor. E. All product data/submittals shall bear the name of the manufacturer to be used. F. All shop drawings and submittals shall include a stamped indication signifying that the submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents by the Contractor. This stamped indication also represents the fact that the Contractor has checked this submittal for its interaction with all other Divisions and certifies by his signature or initials that all coordination has taken place. The stamp shall include the date, name of the Contracting Firm, the signature of the Contractor, certification of compliance and approval. This stamp shall be on the submittal before the Design Team will review it. G. The design team will review an individual submittal not more than twice. If the submittal is rejected again on the second review, the Contractor will bare all responsibility for paying for the Design Team’s time for additional reviews. H. Shop drawings and/or product data shall be submitted for the following for review: 1. HVAC duct system layouts, including supply air, return air, exhaust air, and outside air. HVAC piping system layouts. These drawings must include associated equipment, drawn to scale based on submittals for that equipment, must be dimensioned, and must include duct, piping and equipment elevation tags (distance above finished floor to bottom). The Contractor shall develop their own shop drawings, independent of the Engineer’s CAD files (as previously stated, the Engineer’s drawings are schematic/diagrammatic in nature). Architectural cad files for use as drawing backgrounds shall be secured by the contractor from the architect. Contractor shall coordinate any required cad release forms and payments for cad files with the architect. 2. Equipment, including but not limited to: split systems, fans, heaters, coils, air distribution devices (diffusers, etc), ductwork accessories, louvers, roof hoods, insulation, piping specialties, HVAC piping materials, etc. 2.3 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the Project site a complete set of “Record Drawings”. The “Record Drawings” shall consist of a set of black-line or blue- line prints or AutoCAD files of the Contractor Coordination Drawings for this Division. The prints shall be marked or the AutoCAD file electronically updated to show the precise location of all work and equipment, and all changes and deviations in the work from that shown on the Contract Documents. This requirement shall not be construed as authorization for the Contractor to make changes in the layout or work without definite instructions from the Architect or Engineer. The continuously updated coordination drawings (shop drawings previously described) shall be used to produce the final “Record Drawings” which shall be delivered to the Owner in AutoCAD electronic format (CD) upon Project completion. B. Record dimensions shall clearly and accurately delineate the work as installed; locations shall be suitably identified by at least two dimensions to permanent structures. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 5 C. All underground and concealed utilities shall be located by dimension to known building elements and invert to project datum at exterior wall of the building. D. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall mark all “Record Drawings” on the drawings with a rubber stamp impression or an AutoCAD image that states such. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The equipment selections used in the preparation of the Contract Documents will fit into the physical spaces provided and indicated, allowing ample room for access, servicing, removal and replacement of parts, etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearance in accordance with the Code requirements and the requirements of the local Authorities having jurisdiction, and the equipment manufacturer‘s recommendations. B. In the preparation of Drawings, a reasonable effort to accommodate acceptable equipment manufacturer’s space requirements has been made. However, since space requirements and equipment arrangement vary according to each manufacturer, the responsibility for initial access, maintenance access, code required access, and proper fit rests with the Contractor. C. Physical dimensions and arrangements of equipment to be installed shall be subject to the Architect’s and Engineer’s review. D. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors shall coordinate the installation of ductwork, conduit, busway, piping, cable trays, etc., installation with lighting fixtures, special ceiling construction, air distribution equipment, and the structure. E. No ductwork, piping, equipment, etc., shall be installed in the eight (8) inch high zone directly above the ceiling in tenant areas to allow for tenant build-out and flexibility unless otherwise specifically shown on the Drawings or prior written authorization is received from the Engineer. F. Accessibility and Clearance: 1. Mechanical equipment, ductwork, piping, etc. shall be installed in accessible locations, avoiding obstructions, preserving headroom, and keeping openings and passageways clear. 2. Minor adjustments in the locations of equipment shall be made where necessary, providing such adjustments do not adversely affect functioning of the equipment. G. Scaffolds and staging for installation of mechanical work shall be provided under the work of this Division. 3.2 STRUCTURAL FITTINGS A. Furnish and install the necessary sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, and related structural items. Install at the proper time. B. Openings may have been indicated on the Architectural and Structural drawings. Should any additional openings or holes be required, the same shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No structural members are to be cut, notched, or drilled for piping. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 6 C. Location: At a time in advance of the work, verify openings shown on the Architectural and Structural drawings, and coordinate any additional openings. D. If the work of this Section requires modification of the Architectural or Structural drawings, furnish new instructions as to requirements for these openings. Submit for review and coordination to Architect. E. Sleeves shall be supplied for mechanical piping passing through walls or slabs and shall be placed before concrete is poured. F. Equipment supports for mechanical work shall be fastened to the structure by inserts, anchor bolts, bolting to drilled and tapped structural members, or be welded to the structure. 1. Welding shall be done by the electric arc method with fully competent and certified welders. Supporting members shall be shop coated with a suitable primer. 2. Surfaces damaged by installation of supports shall be touched up with primer to match shop coat. Any drilling of structural members shall be approved by the Architect. G. Flashing: 1. Wherever ductwork and/or piping pass through the roof or outer walls, base flashing and counter-flashing shall be provided. 2. Such flashing shall be properly installed by skilled workmen, and shall include grouting, mastic or tar application, or other means to insure a permanent, waterproof, neat and workmanlike installation. 3. Insofar as possible, flashing shall comply with and be similar to requirements for flashing in General Construction Work. H. Anchor bolts and inserts shall be galvanized and of adequate size and strength for installation of electrical work and shall be placed in forms before concrete is poured. 1. Placement of bolts in bases shall be done under other Division. Furnish detail drawings, templates, and anchor bolts for bases to the General Contractor in time to avoid delaying work schedules. 2. Expansion shields shall only be used with specific approval of the Architect. Wooden or soft metal plugs shall not be used. I. Cutting and patching: 1. All additional cutting, patching and reinforcement of construction of building, subject to review by the Architect, shall be performed under this Section. 2. Refer to appropriate Division for requirements. 3.3 WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT A. Mechanical devices or equipment located in damp, semi-exposed areas shall be weather- resistant. Enclosures shall comply with NEMA Type 3R requirements. B. Air distribution devices located in damp areas outside shall be weather-resistant (aluminum, etc.). 3.4 CLEANING A. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting and acceptance. Perform in stages if directed. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 01 00 - 7 B. Painted exposed work soiled or damaged: Clean and repair to match adjoining work before final acceptance. C. Remove dust and debris from inside and outside of material and equipment. 3.5 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested in the presence of the Owner or an Owner designated representative upon completion of the Work and demonstrates that the installation is in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. All motors shall be checked and adjusted for correct direction of rotation. C. Any work found not to be in compliance with the Contract documents shall be repaired or replaced without incurring additional cost to the Contract price. D. Provide all instruction to the Owner on maintenance and operation of all systems and equipment provided under this Division. 3.6 WARRANTIES A. The warranty period for all systems, equipment, components, work, etc. shall be no less than one (1) year, unless specified otherwise hereinafter and shall include at least one (1) full heating season and one (1) full cooling season. The warranty shall include parts and labor. B. The Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, remedy any defects within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect. In default thereof, the Owner may have such work done and charge all costs to the Contractor. C. The start of the Contractor’s warranty period, as defined in the General Conditions, shall commence on the issue of a “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, by the Owner or the Owner’s Representative for each item of material, equipment or system. D. The Subcontractor shall confer with the General Contractor prior to the bid date concerning the project schedule and determine if there is a need to operate any items of equipment or systems for temporary heating and/or cooling or other reasons prior to “Substantial Completion”. All required extended warranty costs for equipment, materials, and systems shall be included in the Subcontractor’s bid. E. All compressors shall have a five year parts warranty. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-1 SECTION 23 01 01 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE & AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section; and special attention to the following Related Sections: 1. 01 56 10 Temporary Protection of Outdoor Air Intakes 2. 01 56 16 Temporary Dust Barriers and Construction Indoor Air Quality Control Plan 1.2 REFERENCES A. All materials, installation, procedures and workmanship shall comply with standards and/or codes of the following: 1. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Manufacturer’s Association International (SMACNA) 2. U.S. Dept. of Labor; Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Air Duct Cleaning Association (NADCA) B. In addition, it is highly recommended that this Contractor refer to the following standards/guidelines for level of quality and cleanliness as well as further resources: 1. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 2. U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) - Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) 3. The Builders and Owners Management Association (BOMA) International 1.3 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS (AIR QUALITY IN OCCUPIED AREAS) A. Construction activity shall be controlled to avoid causing detectable odor, visible dust, and other pollutants at levels known to present a significant risk of illness in occupied areas. Throughout the duration of this project, the contractor shall perform the work required by the contract documents without affecting indoor air quality (IAQ) in occupied areas. Work shall be performed with special care, planning, and quality control to avoid disruption or interference with normal facility operations; and to protect the health and safety of the general public. B. Control Measures. 1. Conduct all construction activities with potential dust and odors or other contaminants of concern impacts on occupied areas behind barriers or after-hours. Other IAQ control measures available include use of low emitting products, equipment, or procedures, isolation of work (barriers, proper pressurization, or scheduling), and housekeeping. 2. Work adjacent to occupied areas shall be separated by barriers which prevent the penetration of dust and odors or other contaminants of concern. Vertical barriers shall be from floor to metal deck sealing all penetrations. Emergency exit doors shall be self-closing NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-2 and weather-stripped. Construction shall include 2 x 4 in. wood stud frames and 5/8” gypsum board (joints sealed). 3. Construction areas shall be maintained under negative pressure in relation to occupied areas where practical. This may be accomplished by supplying outside air to the occupied side of exhausting air from the construction side (negative pressure on the construction side). 4. Work activities presenting a potential health hazard shall be conducted after normal business hours. Roofing, indoor cutting of steel, concrete, or masonry, vehicles powered by internal combustion engines which are operated inside the building, removal of asbestos-containing material, welding, and other activities producing significant dust, odors or fumes shall be conducted after hours unless the contractor can demonstrate controls will maintain acceptable IAQ in occupied areas. 5. Openings created to the outside of the building shall be enclosed after each work shift to protect the building interior from moisture. 6. Corridors through occupied areas shall not be used for project storage or for the transportation of materials, equipment, trash or debris. 7. Contractors shall prevent workers from entering occupied areas. 8. Clean work area daily to prevent accumulation of dust or debris. 9. Store waste in enclosed waste containers as needed to prevent the release of dust and odors or other contaminants of concern. 10. Transport trash, debris, carts, equipment, materials or supplies to and from work areas without entering occupied areas. 11. Take immediate measures to dry any area where flooding, water leakage, or condensation occurs. 12. Any mold growth must be remediated following approved procedures. C. Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate manpower, equipment, and materials at appropriate times (including nights and weekends) to meet the requirements of this section and project schedule milestone dates. D. If Owner determines that the contractor is violating this IAQ specification or endangering occupants, the Contractor must cease operations until corrective actions are taken. 1.4 NEW CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTANCE (Can also apply to unoccupied construction). A. New or renovated areas will not be accepted by the Owner for occupancy and normal functions unless acceptable IAQ conditions can be demonstrated, including successful implementation of the following: 1. When newly constructed or renovated areas are first occupied, IAQ should be equivalent to conditions considered acceptable in other building areas. 2. Before occupancy, HVAC control systems must be functioning. 3. HVAC equipment exposed to the construction must be cleaned. 4. All filters must be changed immediately prior to occupancy. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-3 5. Construction work must be completed [one week] before area is scheduled to be occupied. 6. Clean all exposed surfaces from top to bottom until no dust or debris is visible. 7. Provide continuous (overnight) ventilation at least [one week] before and [two weeks] after completion of construction. 8. Schedule any punch list work which produces odor or dust after normal hours. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. IAQ CONTROL & HVAC PROTECTION PLAN 1. At least one week before initiating work, the contractor shall submit an electronic PDF copy]of an IAQ Control & HVAC Protection Plan which must be approved by NFCU. Submittals shall include the following: a. Listing of all cleaning & sanitizing products and equipment to be used, including industry-standard Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS or SDS) as mandated by the Hazard Communication (HazCom) Standard, as applicable. b. Description of dusts, odors, fumes, or potentially harmful pollutants which could be released by work activities. c. Description of potential pathways by which pollutants could migrate from work areas. d. Description of barriers planned between work areas and occupied space. e. Listing of work activities scheduled after normal hours to avoid occupant exposure. f. Justification for activities listed under Section 3, paragraph c, which are proposed to be conducted during normal hours. g. Procedures for daily cleaning and disposal. h. Schedule for final cleaning and ventilation of finished areas prior to occupancy. i. Compliance must be demonstrated with all applicable sections of this specification. Requirements which are not applicable should be explained (e.g., a small-scale job can be completed overnight when an area is unoccupied and cleaned before the next work day may not need a barrier). j. Timeframes or periods when HVAC equipment affecting occupied areas will be shut down. Shutdown of equipment shall only occur when facilities are not operating (e.g. holidays). Equipment shall be operational when business is reopened. k. Indicate any HVAC equipment located in the renovation area anticipated to be operating during construction and for what purpose. Indicate how this equipment will be protected from dust and moisture. l. Designs should avoid HVAC systems serving both renovation & occupied areas. If this situation exists, indicate on a drawing where a duct or HVAC system which serves both renovation and occupied areas will be sealed. Locations must be approved by NFCU. m. Indicate on the project schedule when HVAC equipment will be fully operational. A renovated area will not be cleared for occupancy unless HVAC systems are NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-4 completely functioning including, but not limited to, RTUs, exhaust fans, controls, dampers, air-handling units, fan-coil units, etc. HVAC systems shall be capable of operating for a [24-hour] [two-day] [two-week] (min) period before occupancy to ventilate spaces. 2. To facilitate compliance and submission of the IAQ Control & HVAC Protection Plan, this contractor is presented with a SAMPLE Prescriptive Compliance Checklist for IAQ Management in Appendix A at the end of SECTION 23 01 01. 3. An onsite meeting shall be held with officials to review IAQ Control and HVAC Protection Plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF HVAC SYSTEMS IN RENOVATION AREAS (May also apply to unoccupied areas). A. Construction operations must be conducted so as to maintain ventilation, comfort, and mechanical equipment sanitation in occupied areas with measures including: 1. Before work begins, the contractor shall verify which HVAC systems are within the renovation area and determine if any HVAC systems serve both the renovation and non-renovation areas. 2. HVAC systems in renovation area shall be de-energized. Duct systems, RTUs, air-handling units, VAV terminal units and fan-coil units that are not removed shall be protected from construction dust and debris by sealing outlets and openings with 6-mil plastic sheeting. Stand-alone units (e.g., fan-coil units) shall be wrapped with 6-mil plastic and sealed with tape. HVAC systems that are modified during the renovation shall be sealed until modifications are made and re-sealed after modifications are completed. 3. After dust-producing renovation work is completed, coils and drain pans of existing air-handling units and fan coil units that were not removed during renovation shall be cleaned. Submit proposed cleaning products including MSDS sheets to NFCU for approval before starting cleaning. Interior metal surfaces (including fans and dampers) shall be cleaned and sanitized by wiping with a 10% bleach solution. Internally insulated surfaces shall be HEPA vacuumed. Repair or replace any insulation that is delaminating from unit casings. Check that all condensate drain pipes drain properly and are not blocked. Clear any blockage. 4. New RTUs, air-handling units, fan-coil units, or VAV-terminal units shall be protected from weather, dust-producing procedures, or damage. Take immediate measures to dry any equipment that becomes wet. If any mold growth develops on equipment because contractor did not protect or dry equipment, contractor shall remediate the equipment following procedures approved by NFCU. 5. Operating HVAC systems should not serve both occupied and construction areas. If HVAC systems serve both occupied and construction areas, ducts serving the construction areas shall be isolated from the system either by sealing openings and closing dampers or disconnecting ducts from the HVAC system and sealing openings. If HVAC systems have direct-expansion (D/X) coils, it should first be determined that reduced airflow will not affect direct expansion. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-5 6. Openings in non-operating ducts that interconnect construction and occupied areas shall be sealed with 6-mil plastic. 7. If HVAC equipment is operated in construction areas, filters having a MERV 8 rating shall be installed on return air openings. Filters shall be changed every [two] weeks. 8. Clean duct systems following National Air Duct Cleaning Association (NADCA) procedures if units were operated without filtration during construction. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-6 APPENDIX A - PRESCRIPTIVE PROCEDURES (SAMPLE) Beyond the topics of HVAC and Ventilation, the following sections (adopted from the EPA3) are offered as a comprehensive template for a IAQ Management program during the PLANNING phases of any construction project; as well as a CHECKLIST of practices throughout construction. These can serve as templates for each NFCU contract. IAQ Management During Construction Planning 3 Checklist Task Incorporate indoor air quality goals into the bid and construction documents. Ensure that all members of the project team are knowledgeable about indoor quality issues and have defined responsibilities for implementation of good indoor air quality practices. Require the development and use of an indoor air quality management plan. The purpose of the management plan is to prevent residual problems with indoor air quality in the completed building and protect workers on the site from undue health risks during construction. The plan should identify specific measures to address: Problem substances, including: construction dust chemical fumes off-gassing materials moisture The plan should ensure that these problems are not introduced during construction, or, if they must be, eliminates or reduces their impact. Areas of planning, including: product substitutions and materials storage safe installation proper sequencing regular monitoring safe and thorough cleanup Conduct regular inspection and maintenance of indoor air quality measures including ventilation system protection and ventilation rate. Conduct safety meetings, develop signage and establish subcontractor agreements that communicate the goals of the construction indoor air quality plan. The indoor air quality construction plan is also a good opportunity to proscribe behaviors unacceptable to the owner that represent a potentially negative impact on long term indoor air quality such as smoking, using chew tobacco, or wearing contaminated work clothes. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-7 Require contractors to provide information on product substitutions sufficient to enable operations and maintenance (O&M) staff to properly maintain and repair materials in place. Construction Practices 3 During construction, there are several simple actions contractors can perform that will minimize the potential for indoor air quality problems. Trades that need to be especially careful include: flooring roofing painting HVAC insulators the clean-up crew Checklist Task Keep building materials dry. Building materials, especially those with moisture absorbing properties like wood, insulation, paper and fabric, should be kept dry to prevent the growth of mold and bacteria. If moisture is present, mold will grow on any virtually any material. Some building materials such as wood may arrive at the construction site with a high moisture content or may have been wetted before arrival or during the transport process. Wet materials need to be allowed to dry as much as possible as weather permits. Cover dry materials with plastic to prevent rain damage and if resting on the ground, use spacers to allow air to circulate between the ground and the materials. Dry water damaged materials quickly. Water damaged materials should be dried within 24 hours. Due to the possibility of mold growth, materials that are damp or wet for more than 72 hours may need to be discarded. Clean spills immediately. If solvents, cleaners, gasoline, or other odorous or potentially toxic liquids are spilled onto the floor, they should be cleaned up immediately. If a spill occurs on an easily replaced building material, it may be safest to discard it and replace it with new material. Odors from significant spills can linger sometimes for years, causing comfort and health problems for the future occupants of the building. Seal unnecessary openings. Seal all unnecessary openings in walls, floors and ceilings that separate conditioned space (heated or cooled) from unconditioned space. For example, it is common to punch large holes in the floor to allow pipes and wires to run between the rooms above and the crawlspaces or tunnels below. These oversized openings can cause two significant indoor air quality problems. Air that is contaminated with mold, radon, moisture and pesticides can easily enter the rooms; and pests such as roaches or rodents can enter the rooms, leaving behind odors and allergens. Temporarily seal duct-work. As duct‐work is being installed, all return and supply air vents and any open duct‐ work should be temporarily sealed to prevent the duct‐work and air handling units from being contaminated with construction debris or dust. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-8 Ventilate when needed. Some construction activities can release large amounts of VOCs into the building and if the building is already enclosed with walls, windows and doors, outdoor air can no longer easily flow through the building and remove the VOCs. In addition to affecting the health of the construction workers, these VOCs can also be adsorbed onto other building materials and be re‐released into the air later when the building is occupied by workers or staff. During certain construction activities, temporary ventilation systems should be installed to quickly remove the gases. Ventilation is generally needed when "wet" building materials are in use, when using materials that give off an odor, or when using materials that carry a manufacturer's warning regarding the need for ventilation. Odors from building materials are the result of chemicals being released from the materials into the air, so if there is an odor present, it is safest to provide ventilation that will quickly remove those odors from the building. Examples of potentially problematic construction activities include painting (even with no‐ or low‐VOC paints), spreading of floor adhesives and use of large amounts of caulk, sealants and cleaning agents. Additionally, the installation of large amounts of building materials, such as carpet or vinyl‐based flooring products and composite wood cabinets and shelves, can require extra ventilation if the material has not been carefully selected or aired‐out before being unrolled or unpackaged within the building. During installation of carpet, paints, furnishings and other VOC-emitting products, provide supplemental (spot) ventilation for at least 72 hours after work is completed. It is important that an exhaust fan be used to pull the polluted air out of the building, not to push outdoor air into the building. Simply opening windows or doors is not enough to effectively exhaust contaminants in most cases. The fan should be placed in a window or exterior door as close to the work area as possible and any openings in the window or door around the fan be temporarily sealed with plastic or cardboard. Then open a window or exterior door at the opposite end of the room or building, so that fresher outdoor air will flow across the work area and sweep polluted air out through the exhaust fan. The size of exhaust fan needed will increase as the size of the room increases and as the amount of gases being released into the air increases. The fan should provide about 5 air changes per hour (5 ACH). Divide the volume of the room in cubic feet by 12 to get the minimum amount of cubic feet per minute (CFM) that the fan must be able to exhaust. For example, a space/zone with a volume of 9000 cubic feet (1000 square feet of floor area with 9 foot ceilings) divided by 12 results in a fan of 750 CFM. A 21 inch box fan may be sufficient for a single space/zone if the materials are not too strong a source of gases, but would certainly not be sufficient for a whole building. As a rule of thumb, there may be enough airflow if odors do not spread out of the immediate area where the work is being performed, of if dust or smoke released into the air can be seen to be drawn towards the exhaust fan. As long as the odors or air pollutants are present, the temporary exhaust ventilation must continue to be operated, even during nights and weekends if necessary. Ventilation should continue for a minimum of 24 hours after completion, or until there are no longer any noticeable odors. Require respirators designed to protect workers installing VOC-emitting products (interior and exterior). NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 23 01 01-9 Reduce construction dust. Minimize the amount of dust in the air and on surfaces. Examples include use of vacuum assisted drywall sanding equipment and use of vacuums instead of brooms to clean construction dust from floors. Use wet sanding for gypsum board assemblies. Exception: Dry sanding is acceptable if the following measures are taken: Full isolation of space under finishing Plastic protection sheeting is installed to provide air sealing during the sanding Closure of all air system devices and ductwork Sequencing of construction precludes the possibility of contamination of other spaces with gypsum dust. Worker protection is provided. Use safety meetings, signage and subcontractor agreements to communicate the goals of the construction indoor air quality plan. Avoid use of combustion equipment indoors. Engines and heaters that run on gasoline, diesel, kerosene, or other fossil fuels should not be operated indoors unless absolutely necessary and only when large quantities of exhaust ventilation are provided to remove combustion pollutants such as carbon monoxide and moisture. Store liquids outdoors. To reduce the possibility of spills during storage, transfer, or mixing, store all odorous or toxic liquids outside the building and protect against freezing. Use less toxic cleaning agents. Ensure that the cleaning crews do not use highly toxic or odorous cleaning agents inside the building. Consider a building flush-out at the end of the construction process and before occupancy. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 - 1 SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Conditions of the Contract and applicable requirements of Division 1, “General Requirements”, and Section 23 01 00 “General Mechanical Requirements”, govern this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide pipe hangers, supports, and required appurtenances as specified and indicated 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MSS Standard Compliance: Provide pipe hangers and supports of materials, design, and manufacture which comply with ANSI/MSS SP-58, SP-59, SP-89, and SP-90. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: The model numbers listed in the Specification establish a level of quality and material. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products and materials by the following: 1. ITT Grinnell Corporation, 2. Fee and Mason, 3. Central Iron Manufacturing Company, and 4. F& S Manufacturing Company PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Provide pipe hangers and supports as specified. Comply with local codes and standards for pipe and equipment support and anchorage. Pipe supports shall be of material that will prevent electrolytic action. B. Inserts: Provide Grinnell No. 282 inserts for concrete construction. C. Piping in Multiple Parallel Runs: Provide Grinnell No. 45 or No. 50 with Grinnell No. 137 U-bolt pipe clamps or structural channels or angles with U-bolt clamps, supported as trapeze hangers where multiple parallel runs of piping are shown. Select and size members for weights to be carried and span dimensions between supports. D. Piping in Single Runs: Provide Fee and Mason Fig. 239 or Grinnell No. 260 clevis hanger. E. Hanger Rod: Provide hanger rods of required length. Rod diameters shall be as listed in the following table. Rod diameters may be adjusted after consultation with the Structural Engineer concerning the building framing system, the method of attachment to the structure and the support rod spacing. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 - 2 Pipe Sizes Rod Diameter 3/4” - 2” 3/8” 2-1/2” – 3 1/2” 4” – 5 5/8” 6” 3/4” 8” – 12” 7/8” 14” – 18” 1” F. Riser Clamps: Provide Fee and Mason Figure 241 riser clamps. Riser clamps for copper tube shall be copper-plated. G. Saddles and Shields: 1. Saddles for Horizontal Insulated Piping Without Vapor Barrier: At each hanger or support on horizontal runs, provide Grinnell No. 160 or Fee and Mason Figure 171, 1710, 1712, or 172 saddles, as applicable. Shields as described below may be used instead of the saddles. On heating water systems below 140ºF (60ºC), hangers may be sized for the pipe size and of a material compatible with the pipe. Where dissimilar materials are used, provide dielectric separation. Carry insulation over the hanger and seal where hanger is sized for pipe. 2. Shields for Horizontal Insulated Water Piping With Vapor Barrier: At each hanger or support for water piping, provide a half section of preformed 6 PCF density fiberglass or rigid calcium silicate, with jacket of adjacent insulation brought across unbroken, supported on semicircular 16 gauge shields. Shields for pipe 4” and smaller shall be 12” long; shields for pipe 5” to 8” shall be 18” long; and shields for larger pipe shall be 24” long. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Independent Support: Support fire sprinkler and standpipe piping independently of other piping in accordance with NFPA-approved methods and local codes and standards. B. Provisions for Movement: 1. Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate the action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. 2. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loading stresses from movement will not be transmitted to any pipe or connected equipment. Pipe supports shall properly transmit the weight of the pipe and its contents to the building structure, or to independent posts, piers, or foundations. 3. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide the indicated pipe slopes so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 are not exceeded. C. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through the insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31. 2. Shields: Where low-compressive-strength insulation of vapor barriers are indicated on cold, chilled, or heating water piping, install coated protective shields. For pipe 8” and over, install rigid calcium silicate insulation between saddles and pipe. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 - 3 D. Spacing: Install hangers and supports in piping systems to remove stress from equipment flanges and rotating equipment. Space hangers and supports as shown in the following table. Rod spacing may be adjusted after consultation with the Structural Engineer concerning the building framing system, the method of attachment to the structure and the support rod diameters. Trade Pipe Size Maximum Spacing 1/2" 5' 3/4" 6' 1" and 1-1/4" 7' 1-1/2" 9' 2" 10' 2-1/2" 11' 3" 12' 4" 14' 5" 16' 6" 17' 8" 19' 10" 22' 12" 23' 14" 25' 16" 27' 18" 28' E. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection saddles, or use hangers as indicated in Paragraph 2.0/H.1. F. Guides: Install pipe guides complying with the manufacturer’s published product literature. Where not otherwise indicated, install pipe guides near expansion loops, expansion joints, and ball joints. G. Anchors: Install anchors at the proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31 and to prevent the transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. Anchors shall include vibration isolation in accordance with the pipe support system specified. Where the piping system is floating, the anchors shall be termed restraints or braces. 1. Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with the expansion unit manufacturers written instructions, to limit movement of piping and forces to the maximums recommended by the manufacturer of each unit. 2. Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at the ends of principal pipe runs and at intermediate points in pipe runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset of anchors as required accommodating both expansion and contraction of piping. H. Leveling: Adjust hangers and supports and place grout as required under supports to bring piping to proper levels and elevations. I. Hangers: Refer to Section 23 05 48, “Vibration Isolation”, for additional information and support requirements. Pipe hangers made of wood, wire, or sheet iron shall not be permitted. J. Riser Supports: Vertical piping shall be secured at sufficiently close intervals to keep the pipe in alignment and carry the weight of the pipe and contents. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 - 4 1. Cast iron soil pipe shall be supported at the base and at each story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 10’. 2. Steel pipe shall be supported at the base and at no less than every other story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 25’. 3. Copper tube shall be supported at each story level, but in no case at intervals greater than 10’. 4. Plastic pipe shall be supported at mid point between floors and at ceiling to prevent movement, but in no case at intervals greater than 8’. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VIBRATION ISOLATION 23 05 48 – 1 SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the vibration isolation systems. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the vibration isolation systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide vibration isolation work as specified and indicated, including the following: 1. Support isolation for motor-driven mechanical equipment 2. Inertia base frames in conjunction with equipment isolation 3. Support isolation of air-handling housings 4. Isolation including support isolation for piping risers 5. Support isolation of piping 6. Flexible ductwork connections 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, obtain support isolation units from a single manufacturer. B. Supervision: Manufacturer shall provide technical supervision of the installation of support isolation units produced by him and of associated inertia bases. C. Manufacturers: Provide vibration isolation support units manufactured by one of the following: Amber-Booth, Vibrations Mounting and Controls, Inc., Korfund Dynamics Corporation, Consolidated Kinetics Corporation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Suspended Heat Pump Units: Unit shall be isolated with hanger and vibration isolation kit supplied by unit manufacturer or a vibration isolation manufacturer. B. Suspended Fan & Coil Unit: Isolate with not less than four combination spring and rubber “in-shear” vibration isolators. C. Flexible Pipe Connections at Rotating Equipment: Isolate supply and return piping to each pump with braided metal hose connectors between pump and valve. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VIBRATION ISOLATION 23 05 48 – 2 D. Flexible Ductwork Connections to Equipment: Install flexible connections between sheet metal ductwork and equipment or fan collar. Locate as close to fan as possible. Isolate the duct system from the equipment by at least 1”. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ISOLATOR PERFORMANCE A. General: Comply with the minimum static deflections recommended by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, including the definitions of critical and non-critical locations, for the selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated. B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units. 3.2 RELATED WORK EXAMINATION A. Examination and Reporting: Installer of vibration isolation work shall observe the installation of other work related to and connected to vibration isolation work. After completion of other related work (but before equipment start-up), installer shall furnish a written report to the Contractor, with a copy to the Engineer, listing observed inadequacies for proper operation and performance of vibration isolation work. B. Correction and Start-up: Do not start-up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the vibration isolation Installer. 3.3 EQUAL LOADING A. General: Equipment installed on vibration isolating mountings shall be level after load is applied. Further vibration isolating mountings shall be selected and installed to compensate for unequal loading. Spring isolators with coils touching during equipment start-up or operation will not be acceptable. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND PIPING INDENTIFICATION 23 05 53 - 1 SECTION 23 05 53 HVAC EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the identification of equipment and piping. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the identification of equipment and piping specified herein and/or as indicated on the drawings. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Identification of mechanical equipment shall consist of equipment labeling, pipe marking, and valve tagging as specified hereinafter. 1. In general, all equipment shall be labeled. This shall include all central plant, air handling or air conditioning equipment, and other similar and miscellaneous equipment. 2. Pipe markings shall be applied to all piping. 3. Each valve shall be identified with a stamped tag. Valves and tagging shall be scheduled typewritten on 8 ½” x 11” paper, tabulating valve number, piping system, system abbreviation, location of valve (Room or area), and service (e.g. – 2nd Floor North Domestic Hot Water). The valve schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering or installing valve tags. See Section 23 01 00, “General Mechanical Requirements” for information and requirements regarding Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Labels, tags, and markers shall comply with ANSI A13.1 and other applicable state and local standards for lettering size, colors, and length of color field. 4. Equipment and device identification specified in other sections shall be provided as a part of those requirements. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Labels, markings, and tags shall be manufactured by W.H. Brady, Seton, Allen, or Industrial Safety Supply. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. Equipment labeling shall be of the following, unless noted or specified otherwise: 1. Permanently attached engraved brass or plastic laminated signs with 1” high lettering. Signs on exterior equipment shall be brass. 2.2 PIPE MARKINGS A. On piping less than 6” diameter, install plastic semi-rigid snap-on type, manufacturer’s standard pre-printed color-coded pipe markers extending fully around the pipe and NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND PIPING INDENTIFICATION 23 05 53 - 2 insulation or pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe markers similar to the above. Pipe markings can also be applied with the stick type backing in lieu of he semi-rigid snap-on-type. B. On piping and insulation 6” and greater diameter, full band as specified above or strip-type markers fastened to the pipe or insulation with laminated or bonded application or by color-coded plastic tape not less than 1 ½” wide, full circle at both ends of the marker. Pipe markings can also be applied with the stick type backing in lieu of the semi-rigid snap-on-type. C. Arrows for direction of flow provided integral with the pipe marker or separate at each marker. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve tags shall be polished brass or plastic laminate with solid brass S hook and chain. Tags shall be stamped or engraved with the appropriate abbreviation for the type of service (e.g. – CW, HW), as well as the designated valve number. B. A valve schedule is to be provided to the Design Professional. For each page of valve schedules, a glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Identification labeling, marking, and tagging shall be applied after insulation and painting has been completed. B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in mechanical identification work with corresponding designations shown, specified, or scheduled on drawings. Prior to ordering any labels, markings, or tags, obtain the approval of the Engineer regarding names, abbreviations, etc. C. The Plumbing, HVAC, and Fire Protection Contractors shall coordinate labeling, marking, and tagging to ensure consistent and coordinated identification. In existing buildings, utilize similar names, abbreviations, and other designations that are currently in use to remain consistent with existing identification. D. Equipment labeling shall consist of unit designation as shown on the drawings. Exhaust fan labeling shall also indicate service or the room or area of service. E. Pipe and ductwork markers shall be placed on piping and ductwork on 25’ centers in mechanical rooms and concealed spaces. In locations where piping and ductwork is exposed, place markers on 50’ centers. Flow directional arrows should be marked on the piping at taps from the main and riser. F. Valve tags shall be placed on each valve except those intended for isolation of individual heat pumps or terminal units (e.g. - VAV boxes, fan coil units, unit heaters, etc.). Valve tag schedules shall be prepared as specified hereinbefore. Copies of one schedule shall be laminated in clear plastic and placed where directed by the Design Professional. Other sets shall be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BALANCING AND ADJUSTING 23 05 93 - 1 SECTION 23 05 93 BALANCING AND ADJUSTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 23 01 00 - General Requirements for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. B. The work shall consist of furnishing all materials, instruments, labor, and appurtenances to balance and adjust all of the several air and water systems furnished and installed under Division 23 of the specifications. The work consists of setting speed and volume (flow) adjusting facilities provided for systems, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents. All work shall be in accordance with AABC National Standards for Total System Balance, latest edition, as published by Associated Air Balance Council. C. Work shall be performed by a firm that specializes in and whose business is limited to testing and balancing of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and is certified by either Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) and who is not in any other way associated with work on this project. D. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall submit to the engineer a "National Project Certification Performance Guaranty". E. Upon award of this section, the Contractor is to be issued two sets of plans and specifications by the Project Manager. The Contractor is required to check the plans and specifications for deficiencies in dampers, valves, etc., and to notify the Architect/Engineer in writing within ten days. The Engineer will then determine if corrections to such deficiencies are required and will arrange to show any he deems necessary by issue of revisions. F. This Contractor shall monitor the job as it progresses to be certain the installation can be balanced without excessive noise or vibration. G. The Project Manager shall issue to the Contractor a complete set of approved shop drawings before work begins. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS A. Except as otherwise specified, do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing of systems until: 1. All work is complete and all systems operating. 2. All cleaning, flushing, lubrication and startup specified in other Sections has been completed. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. After completion of the testing, balancing, and adjusting of all systems, the Contractor shall submit for approval of a report showing the final balanced conditions of each system. Report shall be one (1) electronic copy (PDF format) on forms approved by either AABC or NEBB and shall be signed by a certified Test and Balance Engineer employed by the Contractor. Report shall include the following: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BALANCING AND ADJUSTING 23 05 93 - 2 1. Title page with job name, contractor's and sub-contractors' names, addresses, and telephone numbers, and index sheet. 2. Include identification and types of instruments used and their most recent calibration dates, and methods of testing and balancing each system and piece of equipment. 3. Include AABC or NEBB test forms containing installation data, design data, equipment data, and operating data for all systems and equipment. 4. Include copies of readings, with piping layouts and duct layouts showing where readings were taken. B. Where actual measurements recorded for the final balance show deviations of more than 10% from the design, the Contractor shall note same in the report and submit recommendations for corrective action. C. In those cases where recorded data can be reasonably misinterpreted, inaccurate, inconsistent and/or erroneous, the Architect/Engineer may request additional testing and balancing at no additional cost. D. Where, in the opinion of this Contractor, there is excessive vibration, movement or noise from any piece of equipment, ductwork, pipes, etc. The Contractor shall note same and submit recommendations for corrective action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Contractor for patching holes in insulation, ductwork, and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jigs, and similar purposes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting, and balancing work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork, and housing, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in manner recommended by original Contractor. 3.2 AIR SYSTEMS A. Systems shall be adjusted and balanced so that air quantities and temperatures at outlets are as scheduled, and so that distribution from supply outlets is free from drafts and uniform over the face of each outlet. B. The Contractor is not required to take air flow readings on any Variable Volume Air Valve serving a single outlet. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL BALANCING AND ADJUSTING 23 05 93 - 3 C. Adjustments shall be in such a manner that splitter and volume adjusters close to air outlets will have the least pressure drop consistent with volume requirements. Primary balancing shall be obtained by adjustment of the dampers at branch duct take-offs. Adjustable fan drives shall be used for making final adjustments of total air quantities. Additional dampers or other air volume adjusters required to accomplish the balancing and adjusting shall be furnished and installed by the installing Contractor. D. Settings of dampers, splitters, and other volume adjusting devices shall be permanently marked, after completion of balancing and adjusting, so that they can be restored if disturbed at any time. Also, the addition and setting of baffles shall be included where required to get a good air distribution by the installing contractor at the direction of this Contractor. E. If it is determined that drive changes are required, the purchaser of the equipment must obtain and install all necessary new components. Direct reading velocity meters may be used for comparative adjustment of individual outlets, but air quantities in ducts having velocities of 1000 feet per minute or greater shall be measured by means of pitot tubes and inclined gauge manometers. F. Adjustment of the temperature controls shall be coordinated by this Contractor and shall be performed coincidental therewith. In conjunction with the Temperature Control Company's Engineer, simulate a complete cycle of operation for each system. G. The above balancing and adjusting shall be performed for the first season of the year, cooling season or heating season, which occurs at the completion of the building. Additional balancing and adjusting which may be required for the season of the year next following shall be performed as part of the work under this specification. H. Prior to acceptance and before final inspection, after balancing is complete, furnish all labor and material necessary for the Architect's representative to verify air quantities of a 20% selection of grilles, registers or diffusers. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL ROOF CURBS AND RAILS 23 05 95 - 1 SECTION 23 05 95 ROOF CURBS AND RAILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 23 01 00 - General Requirements for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. B. Roof curbs and rails may not be required for existing equipment being replaced. Contractor shall inspect curbs and rails after existing units are removed and inspect condition of curbs and rails. Curbs and rails shall be replaced per specifications if existing are not able to be reused. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protection from damage of all materials. B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades. C. The work included under this Section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install roof curbs and rails complete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF CURBS A. Provide Roof Products & Systems Corp. Model RC-2A, custom curb Model CRC-3 or approved equivalent self-flashing roof curbs for refrigerant piping up through the roof to the condensers, and for ducts and flues through the roof as noted. B. All curbs shall be minimum of 14 inches high (coordinate with schedules), constructed of galvanized steel with welded corner seams, and shall include 1-1/2" thick insulation and wood nailers. The curb sizes for refrigerant piping shall be 12" by 12" O.D. to fit the pipe portal curb cover specified below. C. Provide Roof Products & Systems Corp. or approved equivalent acrylic coated ABS plastic curb cover to fit over the 12" by 12" curbs specified above. The pipe portal system shall include Model N28 cap with four EPDM pipe nipples with stainless steel clamps for 3/8" through 2" pipe sizes. 2.2 EQUIPMENT RAILS A. Provide Cannon Fabrication, Roof Products & Systems Corp., Custom Curb or approved equivalent self-flashing equipment rails for equipment not on curbs where required. The rails shall be at least 14” high and shall span a minimum of 2 joists. The rails shall be constructed of welded galvanized steel and shall include wood nailers and galvanized counter flashing cap. PART 3 – EXECUTION NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL ROOF CURBS AND RAILS 23 05 95 - 2 3.1 Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and as detailed on drawings. Curb manufacturer shall coordinate fabrication with HVAC and General Contractor. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 1 SECTION 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the insulation of HVAC and Plumbing piping, duct, and equipment. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the insulation system specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Approved manufacturers are Armstrong, Calsite, Cell-U-Foarm Corp, Ceelco, Certainteed Corp, Dow Chemical Company, Forrest Mfg Co, Foster / Chilers, Gemco, Johns Manville, Knauf Fiberglass, Midwest Fastners, Owens Corning Fiberglass, Pittsburg Corning Fiberglass, Rubatex, Trymer, and Venture Tape. B. All insulation, jacket and adhesive shall have a fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested under ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread: 25 Fuel Contributed: 50 Smoke Developed: 50 Exceptions: Type B Insulation and PVC Fitting Covers 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Per Section 23 01 00. B. Product Data 1. Type A Insulation 2. Type B Insulation 3. Type C Insulation 4. Type D Insulation 5. Type E Insulation 6. Type F Insulation 7. Type G Insulation 8. Vinyl Lacquer Paint for Type B Insulation 9. Metal Jacket 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The word “plenum” shall mean a ceiling space or mechanical room used for the transfer of conditioned return and/or outside air. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION A. Type A – Fiberglass (indoor) 1. One Piece glass fiber, rigid molded sectional pipe covering with factory applied aluminum foil and white craft paper flame retardant vapor barrier jacket, conforming to ASTM C547, Class II, Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. 2. Thermal Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.23 (BTU/HR., SF., Degree F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Similar to Johns Manville Corp “Micro Lox 650 AP T”, or approved equal. B. Type B - Closed Cell (indoor) 1. Closed cell, flexible foamed plastic conforming to ASTM C534, "Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form." Insulation shall be suitable for a temperature range from –40 degrees F to 220 degrees F. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.27 (BTUHR., SF., Degree F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Similar to Armstrong “Armaflex”, or approved equal. C. Type C – Polyioscyanurate (outdoor) 1. Prefabricated 2 lb./cu.ft. density polyisocyanurate insulation with waterproof mastic and glass fiber jacket finished with an aluminum jacket with waterproof silicone caulk joints. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.14 (BTUHR., SF., degrees F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Insulation shall be applied per manufacturer’s recommendations. Joint sealants and coatings shall be as approved by the insulation manufacturer for the intended application and service temperature range. 4. Jacketing shall be an all service jacket with 1 mm aluminum foil on pipe insulation and FSK jacket on board stock applied by the manufacturer to ASTMC-1136. Jacket shall have integral flap for sealing joint. 5. Similar to Trymer 9501, or approved equal. 2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type Dh - Fiberglass Board (Hot Equipment) 1. Semi-rigid intermediate service fibrous glass board for operating temperatures greater than 850 degrees F. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.23 (BTU/HR., SF., degrees F, IN) at 75 °F. Minimum density of 2.75 lb / cu ft. 3. Similar to Johns Manville Corp “1000 series Spin Glass”, or approved equal. B. Type Dc - Foamed Plastic (Cold Equipment) 1. Foamed plastic sheet suitable for operating temperatures between –40 degrees F and 22- degrees F. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.27 (BTU/HR., SF., Degree F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Similar to Armstrong “Armaflex”, or approved equal. C. Type E 1. Calcium silicate block conforming to ASTM C 553, Type I (1200 degrees F. max), asbestos free. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 3 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.42 (BTU IN/HR., SF., degree F) per inch thickness at 200 °F. 3. Similar to Calsilite, or approved equal. 2.2 DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Type F – Duct Wrap 1. Duct insulation shall be 2" thick, minimum 3/4 lb. density fiberglass with an FSKL aluminum foil jacket, reinforced with fiberglass scrim. 2. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.24 (BTUHR., SF., degrees F, IN) at 75 °F. 3. Integral UL rated vapor barrier of: a. Aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to 30-lb. kraft paper. b. Class I white vinyl 0.004 inch thick, where specified. 4. Similar to Johns Manville Corp “Microlite”, or approved equal. B. Type G - Duct Liner 1. ASTM C1071, Type II, Grade 2, R-6, 1" thickness, 1.5 lb. Density for low pressure ductwork and 3.0 lb density for medium pressure ductwork, bonded mat of glass fiber coated with black fire resistant and microbial resistant coating, complying with TIMS AHC 101. Moisture adsorption shall not be greater than 0.5% moisture by volume when exposed to moisture-laden air at 120°F and 96% RH, per ASTM C553. Insulation shall be Schuller “Permacote Linacoustic” R- 300, "Aeroflex Ductliner" as manufactured by Owens Corning Fiberglass Corp. or "Ultralite with Certa Edge" by Certainteed Corp. or equal by Knauf Fiberglass. 2. Duct liner adhesive shall comply with ASTM C916 "Specifications for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation". 3. Liner Fasteners: Mechanical or weld secured fasteners for duct liner where finish of duct is not exposed. For exposed ductwork, except in mechanical rooms, provide adhesively secured fasteners. Position fasteners are recommended by SMACNA. 4. Minimum Sound Absorption coefficients shall be: 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 Coefficient 0.34 0.42 0.47 0.64 0.80 0.79 Attenuation* 3 5 12 24 21 17 * Attenuation in dB per 10 lineal feet, per ASTM E477 2.3 METAL JACKET A. Smooth aluminum jacket 0.016 inch thick. B. Integral polykraft or poly-surlyn moisture barrier. C. Banded locking joints with field applied silicone weatherproof sealant. D. Similar to Johns Manville Corp, or approved equal. 2.4 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. The following accessories shall be used in the application of the thermal insulations specified under this Section: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 4 1. PVC Fittings Covers: similar to Johns Manville Corp “Zeston”, or approved equal. 2. Pressure Sensitive polyester film tape to secure pipe insulation up to 12” outside diameter: Similar to 3M 30-80, or approved equal. 3. Vapor Seal Mastic: Similar to Childers CP-35, or approved equal. 4. Lagging Adhesive: Similar to Childers CP-52, or approved equal. 5. Wire: 16 gauge soft stainless steel. 6. Insulation Bonding Adhesive (To Metal): Similar to Childers CP-82, or approved equal. 7. Insulating and Finishing Cement: Similar to Insulco Smooth Kote, or approved equal. 8. Mechanical Fasteners - Welded or adhered pins with speed clip washers: Similar to Gemco Midwest Fasteners, or approved equal. 9. Bands for Equipment: a. Outside diameter of insulation is less than 24 inch: 1/2 inch x 0.020-inch (25 ga.) stainless steel. b. Where diameter is 36 inches or larger: 3/4 inch x 0.020 inch. 10. Bands for Piping: 1/2 inch x 0.020-inch stainless steel. 11. Wire Mesh: 1 inch by 20-gage stainless steel hexagonal wire netting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSULATION APPLICABILITY A. Condensate Drains (except in plenums and fire partitions/floors) – Type B insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) ½ all B. Condensate Drains (inside plenums and fire partitions/floors) – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1/2 all C. Horizontal storm leaders, roof drain bodies, and underside of drains receiving condensate from cooling coils – Type F insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1/2 all D. Horizontal waste piping from electric water coolers – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1/2 all E. Refrigerant Suction Lines & Valves (except in plenums and fire partitions/floors) – Type B Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1 all NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 5 F. Refrigerant Suction Lines & Valves (in plenums and fire partitions/floors), and hot gas bypass piping – Type A insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 1 all G. Boiler stack, breeching and converter – Type E insulation required: Insulation Thickness (in) Pipe Sizes (in) 4 all H. Low Pressure Supply Ducts – Type F insulation required (see Note G below): Insulation Thickness (in) Duct Sizes (in) 2 all I. Outside Air and Combustion Air Ducts – Type F insulation required (see Note G below): Insulation Thickness (in) Duct Sizes (in) 2 all Notes: a. Insulate necks, bells, and plenums of supply diffusers with Type F insulation. Diffusers located in return air plenums need not be insulated except when within 10 feet of the building exterior (wall, roof, etc.). Factory applied insulation to diffusers and plenums is acceptable. b. Exhaust ductwork, stairwell pressurization and dedicated smoke evacuation ductwork is not insulated, unless otherwise noted. c. Exposed supply and return ductwork will be double wall, internally lined. d. All duct connected to equipment without compressors must be internally lined with Type G duct liner for a distance not less than 5 feet from the equipment connection. e. All duct connected to equipment that contains compressors must be internally lined with Type G duct liner for a distance not less than 10 feet from the equipment connection. f. Supply ductwork insulation may be omitted in return air plenums except duct within 10 feet of any portion of the building exterior (wall, roof, etc.). g. The above thicknesses are the minimum required. All thicknesses shall comply with local codes and local energy codes. h. All piping exposed to outdoors shall be insulated. All piping subject to freezing shall be provided with heat tracing. Coordinate insulation with heat trace cable and controls. Coordinate voltage and power requirements with electrical contractor. i. Insulation types and thickness are a minimum standard. Each application shall be carefully considered and insulation product type and thickness shall be appropriate for each specific application. Submit all insulation products with verification of their service intent. 3.2 PIPING INSULATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Preparation 1. Do not apply insulation until piping has been leak tested. 2. All surfaces to be insulated shall be dry and free of loose scale, rust, dirt, oil or water. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 6 B. Application: 1. Insulation shall be installed in a smooth, clean workmanlike manner. Joints shall be tight and finished smooth without fish-mouths. 2. Insulation shall fit tightly against the surface to which it is applied to prevent air circulation between the insulation and the pipe or equipment to which it is applied. 3. Insulation applied to cold piping or equipment shall be completely vapor sealed, free of pinholes or other openings. 4. Do not use wet insulation materials. 5. All longitudinal joints on vertical pipe runs shall be staggered. 6. Apply insulation so as to permit expansion or contraction of pipelines without causing damage to insulation or surface finish. 7. Do not apply mastic or adhesive until all previous applications of mastic and adhesives have thoroughly dried. 8. No bands or staples shall be provided on covering. 9. The adhesive used in connection with all covering work shall contain an approved vermin and rodent proof ingredient. 10. Provide 24-gauge sheet-metal saddle between the pipe hanger/support and the exterior of the insulation. Saddle length shall be the same as insulation inserts. C. Application at Fittings: 1. Insulation of flanges and flanged fittings shall overlap adjacent pipe covering at least 1 inch. Valves shall be insulated up to the gland only. 2. Pipeline strainers shall be insulated in such a manner as to permit removal of strainer basket without disturbing insulation of the strainer body. 3. Insulation adjacent to un-insulated flanges shall be tapered back and neatly finished so as to allow access to and removal of bolts without injury to covering. 3.3 TYPE A INSTALLATION A. Tightly butt together sections of insulation on pipe runs sealing longitudinal seams of jacket with a self-sealing adhesive. Seal end joints with 4-inch wide straps of matching vapor barrier tape. Seal off ends of insulation with vapor seal mastic at valves, fittings and flanges. No further finish required. Mastic shall extend onto the bare pipe and over the insulation O.D. B. PVC fitting jackets shall be used when they are available for the particular application. When molded or routed coverings are not available, the coverings shall be fabricated in the field similar to equipment insulation. Molded or routed fitting covers are highly recommended. Order PVC pre-curled. C. Cold Piping: 1. Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation having the same thickness as adjacent pipe covering, securing in place reforming tape up to 12” O.D. and ½” wide SST bands on larger O.D. Apply a PVC jacket and seal joints with PVC cement (solvent welding). D. Hot Piping: 1. Covers shall overlap the pipe insulation by the thickness of the insulation or 2” min. Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation similar to the adjacent pipe covering, securing in place with reforming tape up to 12” O.D. and ½” wide SST bands on larger O.D. Apply a PVC jacket and tape end joints to adjacent pipe insulation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 7 2. Do not use PVC fitting jackets where the surface of the insulation is above 150 degrees F. E. Exterior Piping: 1. Exterior above grade water piping shall be finished with a weatherproof jacket and an aluminum jacket. Lap and seal joints as per manufacturer's instructions. Place laps to shed water. 3.4 TYPE B INSTALLATION A. Type B insulation shall be slipped on the pipe prior to connection, and the butt joints shall be sealed. Where the slip on technique is not possible, the insulation shall be carefully slit and applied to the pipe. B. All joints shall be completely butt sealed with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. C. Do not apply Type B insulation in multiple layers. D. Type B insulation shall not be used in plenums nor firewall penetrations. E. This Contractor shall paint Type B insulation exterior to the building with two coats of a vinyl acrylic paint recommended by the insulation manufacturer for protection against ultraviolet degradation and shall be flexible with no cracking. It is recommended in high humid areas to coat the insulation with a vapor barrier mastic to .037 min. DFT. 3.5 TYPE C INSTALLATION A. Exterior 1. Butter joints of insulation with non-setting adhesive. Secure with factory applied Self-Seal laps. Installation shall be as per manufacturer’s guidelines. 2. Finish shall be factory applied All Service Jackets. All fittings shall be finished with vapor seal mastic reinforced with white glass mesh. Minimum 0.037 thick DFT of mastic. 3. Piping exposed in machine rooms shall be finished with vapor seal mastic and open weave membrane 10 x 10. 4. Piping exposed to weather shall be finished with all service jacket and additional finish of 0.16 thick aluminum jacket. Aluminum jacket shall be secured with stainless bands located on maximum centers of 12 inches and at the overlap. No screws or pop rivets shall be used. 5. Fittings and valves shall be finished with vapor seal mastic, reinforced with minimum 0.037” DFT of mastic, glass mesh and aluminum preformed fitting covers. 3.6 TYPE D AND E INSTALLATION A. Equipment Insulation Application: 1. Apply insulation to fit as closely as possible to equipment. 2. Stagger joints where possible. 3. Bevel insulation around nameplates, ASME stamp and access plates. 4. Insulation on equipment that must be opened periodically shall be constructed so insulation can be removed and replaced without damage. 5. Do not install Type E insulation on aluminum surfaces or with aluminum jacket. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 8 B. Hot Equipment: 1. Install 3/4-inch expanded metal over equipment with standing ribs or seams prior to applying insulation to eliminate ribs or seams penetrating through the insulation. 2. Secure the insulation with steel bands spaced on 12-inch centers. 3. Where required, use welded studs, clips or angles as anchors for wire or bands on flat surfaces. 4. Seal joints with insulating cement. 5. Over the insulation stretch 1-inch hexagonal mesh wire and lace the edges together. 6. Apply a 1/4-inch thick coat of finishing cement and trowel smooth. 7. Smooth insulation with lagging adhesive, cover with glass cloth and a final coat of lagging adhesive. 8. On small equipment where it is not practical, omit the wire mesh and finishing cement on Type D insulation. C. Cold Equipment 1. Cover irregular surfaces with a smoothing coat of insulating cement. 2. Secure insulation with wire or with stainless bands spaced on 12-inch centers. 3. Seal joints with vapor seal mastic. 4. Embed a layer of glass into a 1/16-inch coating of vapor seal mastic. Then coat the outside of the glass cloth with a 1/16-inch coating of vapor seal mastic. D. Roof Drain Bodies 1. Insulate similar to cold equipment. 2. Insulated boxes around roof drain bodies are not acceptable. 3.7 TYPE F INSTALLATION A. Ductwork Insulation Application: 1. Apply insulation tightly and smoothly to duct. 2. Secure insulation on the bottom of ducts and plenums and on the sides of plenums and other places where the insulation will sag and max 3” from any corner. 3. Impale insulation over pins or anchors located not more than 18 inches apart and hold in place with washers and clips. 4. Cut off protruding pin after clips are secured and seal with 2-mil. aluminum foil backed pressure sensitive tape. 5. Apply insulation with joints tightly butted. 6. Seal all ductwork joints, punctures and fittings with a mastic type sealant containing a vapor barrier. 7. Cover all breaks, joints, punctures and voids with a vapor seal mastic and cover with a vapor barrier material identical to vapor barrier on the insulation, where gaps exceed 2”. 8. Bevel insulation around nameplates, access plates and doors. 9. Insulation shall be continuous through walls and floors except at fire dampers. 3.8 TYPE G INSTALLATION A. Internal Lining Insulation Application: 1. Apply where specified herein. 2. Apply liner in accordance with SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard, later edition. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 9 3. Provide metal liner for the sound lining. Metal liner to be 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal with perforation of 3/32” diameter holes on 3/16” center. Properly fasten liner to the duct so that liner does not sag or vibrate. 3.9 METAL JACKET INSTALLATION A. Cover all piping insulation exposed to the exterior with metal jacket as specified herein. 3.10 HANGERS A. Continue insulation through pipe hangers. Provide either rigid insulation inserts or sheet metal inserts at all outside pipe hangers. Provide rigid insulation inserts for piping operating below 60 °F. and sheet metal inserts for piping above 60 °F. B. Provide rigid insulation (on non-insulated piping) or sheet metal inserts (on insulated piping) between the pipe and pipe hanger - shall be of a thickness equal to the adjoining insulation and shall be provided with vapor barrier where required. Insulation insert shall not be less than the following lengths: 1/2” to 2 1/2" pipe size 10 Inches Long 3” to 6" pipe size 12 Inches Long 8” to 10" pipe size 16 Inches Long 12” and over 22 Inches Long C. Inserts for cold piping shall have a vapor barrier facing of the same material as the adjacent pipe insulation. Seal inserts into insulation with vapor seal mastic. D. Sheet metal inserts shall be of steel sheet. Gauge shall conform to manufacturer's recommendation for pipe size. Sheet metal inserts shall have insulation filler of the same material as the adjacent pipe insulation. 3.11 PIPE SLEEVES A. Pipe insulation and vapor barrier shall be continuous through sleeves in walls and floors. B. Type B insulation shall not be used in sleeves through firewalls or fire rated (2-hour) floor systems. Use Type A or Type C through the sleeve instead and vapor seal the joint between the two insulations. C. Provide 26 gauge galvanized steel or 0.020 inch aluminum jacket over insulation on pipe passing through sleeves where sealant is required. D. Where penetrating interior walls, extend the metal jacket 2 inches out either side of the wall and secure each end with a metal band compressing the insulation slightly. E. Where penetrating floors, extend the metal jacket 2 inches below the floor and 5 inches above the floor. Secure with metal bands. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 1 SECTION 23 21 13 HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the HVAC piping systems. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the HVAC piping systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide complete operating mechanical piping systems including pipe, tube, fittings, and appurtenances as indicated and in compliance with these Specifications. B. Applications: Applications of piping systems include, but are not limited to, the systems as listed below: Working Operating System Pressure Temperatures Condensate Drainage -- 40 to 60°F Refrigerant -- -- 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify welding procedures, welders, and operators in accordance with ANSI B31.1, Paragraph 127.5, for shop and job site welding of piping work. Make welded joints on the piping system with continuous welds, without backing rings and with pipe ends beveled before welding. Gas cuts shall be true and free from burned metal. Before welding, surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The piping shall be carefully aligned and no weld metal shall project inside the pipe. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. General: Provide pipe and tube of type, joint, grade, size, and weight (wall thickness, schedule or class) indicated for each service. Comply with applicable governing regulations and industry standards. 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, ASTM A106, or ASTM A120, black or hot-dipped galvanized as specified. 2. Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types "K", Type "L", or Type "M" copper water tube as defined by the Copper and Brass Research Association. 3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Sewer main SDR 41, ASTM D3034 with bell ends and pre-inserted gasket joints. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 2 4. Pre-insulated Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, ASTM A106, ASTM A120, and ANSI B31.1. 5. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe: Class 150, thick-wall, Schedule 80, AWWA C90 mechanical joint. 6. Copper Drainage Pipe: DWV copper piping. 7. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Drainage Pipe: Schedule 40 PVC. 2.2 PIPING / TUBING FITTINGS A. General: Provide factory-fabricated fittings of type, materials, grade, class, and pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Provide sizes and types matching pipe, tube, valve, and equipment connections. Where not otherwise indicated, comply with governing regulations, industry standards, and where applicable, with pipe manufacturer's instructions for selections. B. Cast Iron Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.1, Class 125 or Class 250, black or galvanized as specified, including bolting and gasketing. C. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4 or ASTM A126, Class 125 or Class 250, black or galvanized as specified. D. Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150 or Class 300, black or galvanized as specified. E. Malleable Iron Threaded Unions: ANSI B16.39, select for proper piping fabrication and service requirements including style, end connections, and metal-to-metal seats (iron, bronze, or brass), plain or galvanized as specified. F. Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI B16.14. G. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting, gasketing, and butt weld end connections. H. Forged Steel Socket-welding and Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.11, rated to match schedule of connected pipe. I. Wrought Steel Butt-welding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe. J. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe, except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1/2". Do not thread nipples full length (no all-thread nipples). K. Wrought Copper/Bronze Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22 suitable for working pressure up to 250 psig. L. Grooved End Fittings: ASTM A47 or ASTM A536 joined with Victaulic Style 77 couplings and Grade "E" gaskets. M. Flanged Fittings: Comply with ANSI B16.15 for bolt-hole dimensioning, materials, and flange-thickness. N. Flange Bolts: Bolts shall be carbon steel ASTM A307 Grade A hexagon head bolts and hexagonal nuts. Where one or both flanges are cast iron, furnish Grade B bolts. Cap screws utilized with flanged butterfly valves shall be ASTM A307 Grade B with hexagon heads. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 3 O. Flange Bolt Thread Lubricant: Lubricant shall be an anti-seize compound designed for temperatures up to 1000°F and shall be Crane Anti-Seize Thread Compound or approved equal. P. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings: ASTM D2665, Carlon, Vylon "Z" high strength sewer fittings. Q. Copper Drainage Fitting: DWV copper drainage fittings. R. Miscellaneous Piping Materials/Products: 1. Welding Materials: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, Section II, Part C, for welding materials. 2. Brazing Materials: American Welding Society, AWS A5.B, Classification BCup-5. 3. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: 1/8" thick gaskets. Ring-type shall be used between raised face flanges and full face-type between flat face flanges with punched bolt holes and pipe opening. Gaskets shall be Garlock Style 3400 compressed non- asbestos or equal. 4. Insulating (Dielectric) Unions: Provide dielectric unions at all pipe connections between ferrous and nonferrous piping. Unions shall be "Delvin" as made by Pipeline Seal and Insulator Company or "EPCO" as made by Epco Sales, Inc. and shall have nylon insulation or equal. 5. Push-on-Joints: ANSI A21.11, rubber compression-type, "Tyton Joint" as manufactured by US Pipe or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Industry Practices: Install pipe, tube, and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leak-proof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without failure or degradation of service. Install each run with a minimum of joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanged connections to permit disassembly for maintenance/ replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align accurately at connections. Coordinate piping locations with other trades to avoid conflict. Give ductwork preference unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. 2. Systems: Install piping parallel or perpendicular to lines of building, true to line and grade, and with sufficient hangers to prevent sags between hangers. Provide fittings at changes in direction. Piping in finished areas shall be concealed, except in mechanical rooms. Where pipes of different sizes join, provide reducing elbows, tees, or couplings. Bushings will not be acceptable. 3. Expansion and Contraction: Install loops, offsets, sizing joints, and expansion joints, as necessary, to avoid strain resulting from expansion and contraction of piping systems on fixtures and equipment. Provide mechanical grooved connections required by the application to reduce vibration at equipment connections. Provide expansion joints in piping systems by mechanical grooved connections where required. 4. Piping in Shafts: Mechanical joints for mechanical piping systems are not to be installed in locations that will not be accessible after construction is complete. (i.e. victaulic fittings are not to be used on piping systems in shafts. The piping in this area is to be welded.) NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 4 B. Steel Pipe: Ream steel pipe after cutting and before threading. Thread with clean-cut taper threads of length to engage all threads in fittings and leave no full-cut threads exposed after make-up. C. Copper Pipe: Cut copper pipe square and ream to remove burrs. Clean fitting socket and pipe ends with sand cloth or wire brush. D. PVC Pipe: Cut PVC pipe square and remove all burrs. Clean fitting and pipe butt prior to installation. Install all PVC piping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Final Connections to Equipment Furnished by others or Under Other Divisions of These Specifications: Where equipment is to be furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications or by the Owner, such equipment will be delivered to the site, uncrated, assembled, and set in-place under those other Divisions of these Specifications or under the separate contracts. Any required automatic control valves shall also be provided under those other Divisions of these Specifications or other separate contracts. Make all final connections of hot water, condenser water, gas, domestic water, waste, and vent as required. Provide valves, unions, strainers, check valves, and traps as required for proper operation of systems and equipment. Equipment not shown on the Architectural Drawings or noted by the Architect or Engineer shall not be included in the scope of this requirement. F. Excavation, Installation, and Backfill for Underground Pipe: 1. Layout: Pipes shall be laid and pipe joints made in presence of the General Contractor and field measurements, layouts, batter board alignment, grade establishments, and similar locations shall be performed by a Professional Engineer in the employ of the Contractor. The Contractor's engineer shall be on the job during all underground work. A "Bench-Mark" reference shall be provided by the General Contractor. 2. Pipe Grading: Lay and maintain all pipes at required lines and grades during the course of the Work. 3. Trench: Excavate the trench to the depth required. 4. Excavation: The trench shall be at least 18" wider than the maximum diameter of the pipe or largest bell and the pipe shall be laid in the center of the trench. The trench shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide for pipe cushions or supports as specified. Trench width may be increased as required and piling left in place until sufficient compacted backfill is in place. Properly sheet all open trenches to render them secure and remove all such sheeting before completing the backfill. Comply with all applicable national, state, and local codes and regulations. The quantity of excavation required to install sheeting and the installation and removal of sheetings will not be regarded as Extra Work. All costs incurred for this excavation and the installation of sheeting shall be included in the Contract Price. G. Anchors: Cast iron pipes shall have concrete anchors at each change in direction and/or as directed. Any change in direction exceeding 15 degrees shall be anchored. Concrete anchors shall rest against solid (virgin) ground with the required area of bearing on pipe and ground to provide suitable anchoring. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 5 H. Backfill: Backfill trenches only after piping has been inspected, tested, and approved by the General Contractor. Backfill shall be provided as recommended in the geo-technical report included in these Contract Documents, or, in the absence of a geo-technical report, as required by site conditions. Refer to Division 2 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents for additional trenching and backfill requirements. I. Existing Surfaces: Restore existing streets, driveways, and sidewalks damaged during the excavation work to acceptable condition, subject to approval by the Architect, and/or Engineer. Safety: provide Street and sidewalk excavations with approved barricades, warning lights, and cover plates as required by the local authorities. 3.2 CONDENSATE DRAINAGE A. General: Provide a condensate drain pipe to connect each cooling unit drain pan or funnel and to extend to and discharge into an open type drain in the sanitary plumbing system. Provide union or solder joint at connection to heat pumps. B. For roof condensate, Route condensate drain piping to a location approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Condensate shall not be terminated directly on the roof. C. Assembly: Use hard drawn Type “M” or DWV copper tubing with matching fittings, or Schedule 40, galvanized steel made up with Class 125, galvanized, threaded fittings. Assemble fittings to form a trap with depth equal to or greater than operating pressure of the unit served. Drains shall be of the size not less than the full size of the drain pan connection. Air handling unit drains shall have deep seal traps to permit unit pan drainage. The deep seal trap shall be installed for each blow-through or draw-through air handling unit to maintain the water seal. 3.3 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. General: Refrigerant piping systems including fittings and accessories shall conform to ANSI B31.5-1966. 3.4 CLEANING, FLUSHING, TESTING, AND INSPECTING A. Cleaning: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems and prepare surface for application of any required coatings. B. Flushing: Flush piping systems with clean water prior to performing any required tests. All piping system flushing is to be conducted in a manner not to adversely affect the performance of the equipment connected to the piping system. 1. Flushing of Closed Loop Piping Systems: The supply and return run-outs must be disconnected from each heat pump and connected via a by-pass hose to allow circulation to the system, but not through the heat pump units. The system shall be chemically cleaned then flushed by opening the drain valve at the lowest point in the system. While the system is being drained, adequate make-up to the system will be provided to ensure the system remains full. With-in 24 hours after adequate and certification of system cleanliness by the chemical treatment contractor (refer to specification 23 25 00 for additional requirements) the units shall be reconnected and an approved inhibitor shall be introduced to the loop. All strainers shall be cleaned after flushing procedure. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL HVAC PIPING 23 21 13 - 6 C. Piping Tests: 1. General: Blank off equipment during tests. Perform tests before piping is enclosed in walls, floors, partitions or in any other way concealed from view. Tests may be performed in sections. Tests shall be witnessed by the General Contractor and local inspectors and the test results presented to the Engineer for acceptance and approval prior to concealing piping from view. Provide all necessary equipment for testing, including pumps and gauges. Note: All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer as specified in Section 23 25 00. 2. Heating Open Loop Condenser, Closed Loop Condenser, and Cooling Water System: Test water systems hydrostatically to a pressure of 150 psig or 1-1/2 times working pressure, whichever is greater, for a period of 4 hours. Repair all leaks, replacing materials as necessary and repeat tests until systems are proven tight. D. Inspecting: Visually inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, adequate hangers, supports, and inclusion of accessories and appurtenances. E. Identification: Refer to Section 23 05 53, “HVAC Equipment and Piping Identification” for nameplates and labeling requirements. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VALVES 23 21 14 - 1 SECTION 23 21 14 VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the valves associated with the piping systems. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the valves specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide valves as specified and indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The model numbers listed in the Specifications establish a level of quality and material. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products and materials by the following: 1. General Valves: Jenkins Bros. Valves, Crane Company, Stockham Valves and Fittings, Walworth Company, Kennedy Valve, Kitz, Nibco, or approved equal 2. Ball Valves: Jenkins Bros. Valves, Jamesbury Corporation, Nibco, Stockham Valves and Fittings, Apollo, Kitz, approved equal. 3. Backflow Preventers: Watts Regulator Company, Febco, Hersey Products, Inc., Wilkins, or approved equal. 4. Refrigerant Valves: Mueller Brass Company, Henry Valve Company, Superior Valve Company, approved equal. 5. Check Valves: Jenkins Bros. Valves, Crane Company, Muesco, Inc., APCO/Valve & Primer Corporation, Williams-Hager, Clow Pipeline Products, Valve Division, Nibco, Crane, Stockham, Milwaukee, Kitz, or approved equal. 6. Butterfly Valves: Jenkins Bros. Valves, Jamesbury Corporation, Nibco, Stockham Valves and Fittings, Apollo, Keystone, Demco, Grinnell, Centerline, Kitz, or approved equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: All valves shall be similar to numbers listed. All similar type and size valves shall be products of one manufacturer. B. Refrigerant Valves: Valves manufactured specifically for use in refrigerant systems shall be used in such systems. C. Butterfly Valves: All butterfly valves shall be full tapped and threaded lug type, manufacturer certified for bubble-tight, dead end shut off from either direction at design working pressure and temperature. Valves 2 1/2 through 5" in size shall have lever type operators. Valves 6" and larger shall have enclosed, self-locking worm gear type NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VALVES 23 21 14 - 2 operators, waterproof, and factory-lubricated. Gear segment shall be manganese bronze or ductile iron with a steel or ductile iron worm and oil impregnated bronze bushings or worm shaft. Operator shall have built in adjustable mechanical stops and position indicators. Valves used for balancing shall be certified suitable for continuous throttling service. D. Ball Valves: Valves shall be furnished with blowout-proof stems. Valves used for chilled water service shall be insulated as specified for the pipe in which the valve is installed. All ball valves shall be full-line size to prevent flow restriction through the ball. E. Gate Valves: All bronze gate valves shall have packing boxes with adequate depth to allow space for sufficient amounts of stem packing. Malleable iron handwheels and gland followers shall be furnished on all bronze gate valves. All gate valves shall have non- asbestos stem packing suitable for pressure and service. OS&Y and IBBM gate valves shall be furnished with a stem lubrication fitting on all sizes. All gate valves shall be designed to permit repacking while the valve is in line. 2.2 VALVES A. Valves for service at or less than 150 PSIG: 1. Block (Stop) Valves: Ball valves 2" and smaller shall be red brass, cast bronze, or yellow forged bronze with brass, stainless steel, or bronze ball and stem, 150 psig nonshock WOG at 200°F, Jenkins Fig. No. 900T. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be butterfly type, 200 psig nonshock WOG at 200°F, ANSI Class 150 with ductile iron lug body. The replaceable resilient elastomer seat shall be Buna N or EPDM. The disc shall be silicon or aluminum bronze and shaft shall be No. 316 or No. 416 stainless steel. Secondary O ring seals shall be provided at the top and bottom of the upper and lower shafts to guarantee zero leakage to the shaft, Jenkins Fig. No. 232EL/EG or No. 632E. 2. Balancing Valves: Valves shall comply with the general requirements specified for block valves. Valves used for balancing shall have adjustable memory stops or position indicators. Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 900TE. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 232EL. 3. Gate Valves: As a general rule, gate valves shall not be used for sizes 2 1/2" and smaller. If necessary, with prior approval from the Construction Manager, valves 2-1/2” and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 47-U, 200 psig WOG bronze body with screwed bonnet and ends. Valves 3" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 651-A, 200 psig WOG. 4. Globe Valves: Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 546-P, bronze body, bronze rising stem, screw in bonnet, renewable seat, and screwed or solder ends. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 613, 200 psig WOG, outside screw and yoke (OS&Y), iron body, bronze-trimmed, renewable seat, Pressure Class 125, with ANSI B16.1 flanged ends. B. Valves for Service Over 150 PSIG: 1. Block Stop Valves: Ball valves 2" and smaller shall be red brass cast bronze or yellow forged bronze with brass, stainless steel, or bronze ball and stem, 300 psig nonshock WOG at 200°F with Teflon packing and gaskets, Jenkins Fig. No. 900T. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be 300 psig nonshock WOG, with Class 300 ANSI B16.5 flanges, full tapped and threaded cast steel lug body. Valves shall have 300 pounds body drilling and shall be suitable for service indicated on the Plans. Disc shall be cast steel and the shaft shall be No. 416 stainless steel. Secondary O ring or gland seals at the top and bottom of the upper and lower shafts shall guarantee zero leakage to the shaft. Seals and backing rings shall be TFE or Viton. Seal retainer rings shall be No. 316 stainless steel, Dezurik No. 645. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VALVES 23 21 14 - 3 2. Balancing Valves: Valves shall comply with the general requirements specified for block valves. Valves used for balancing shall have adjustable memory stops or position indicators. 3. Gate Valves: As a general rule, gate valves shall not be used for sizes 2 1/2" and smaller. If necessary, with prior approval from the Construction Manager, valves 2-1/2” and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 270-U, 300 pounds WOG, bronze body, rising stem, with screwed bonnet and screwed ends. Valves 3" through 12" shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 204, 500 pounds WOG, OS&Y valves with Class 250 ANSI B16.1 flanged ends, cast iron body and bronze trim. 4. Globe Valves: Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 556-P, 400 pounds WOG, bronze body and trim, rising stem, union bonnet, renewable seat, and screwed ends. Valves 2 1/2" through 8" shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 923, 500 pounds WOG, iron body, bronze trim rising stem, OS&Y Class 250 ANSI B16.1 flanged ends. C. Check Valves: Chilled, hot, condenser, and domestic water pipes 2 1/2" and larger shall be Williams-Hager Fig. No. 375, spring-loaded, quiet type. Valve nonshock pressure temperature rating shall be as specified for piping in which it is installed. Valve shall be full-threaded, lug body, or flanged body. Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 92A. Threaded valves installed at pump discharge shall have its shaft perpendicular to the pump shaft. Valves located in pumped sewage pipes and in storm pipes shall be Crane No. 383 outside weight, 200 pounds WOG, iron body, bronze trimmed, with swing check design. D. Valves for Water Make Up Connections: Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 900T. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 632B or No. 632E, butterfly valve operator furnished per Paragraph 2.01/C. E. Relief Valve: Temperature and pressure, self-closing, lever operated with thermo-bulb extension, 3/4", ANSI B2.1 taper thread male inlet connection, 210°F (98.8°C) and 125 psig setting, ANSI Z1.22, Type No. 40XL Watts Regulator Company. F. Combination Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve for Make up Water: Bell and Gossett Model Number 3, dual unit. G. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer: Backflow preventer shall be Watts Regulator No. 909 Series, 2 1/2" and larger shall be provided with dual "Y" pattern spring-loaded check valves and independent relief valve located between checks. Backflow preventers shall be rated for pressure up to 150 psig working pressure at 140°F (60°C) and sized according to the maximum design flow. H. Domestic Water Pressure Reducing Valves: Watts 223S or Clayton 90G 01. Pressure and flow schedule as indicated on the Drawings. I. Valves for Gas Connections: Valves 2" and smaller shall be Crane Fig. 254; valves 2 1/2 to 5" shall be Walworth Fig. 1797 F; and valves 6 to 12" shall be Walworth Fig. 1718 F. 2.3 FIRE PROTECTION VALVES A. Check Valves: Valves 2" and smaller shall be threaded end Jenkins Fig. No. 92A. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 729 flanged, iron body, bronze mounted (IBBM) swing check, 175 psig WOG, with renewable composition disc and bronze seat ring, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and/or Factory Mutual (FM) approved as required. Where ball drip is required, provide Jenkins Fig. No. 624 with Grinnell Fig. 1686 plain discharge. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL VALVES 23 21 14 - 4 B. OS&Y Valves: Valves 2" and smaller shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 275U, 175 psig WOG, threaded, all bronze, gate valve, UL approved. Valves 2 1/2" and larger shall be Jenkins Fig. No. 825A, 175 psig WOG, flanged, gate valve, IBBM, solid wedge, UL and FM approved. Provide OS&Y valves with tamper switches installed where indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements. B. Ball Valves: Provide ball valves on chilled water pipes at each runout to a piece of equipment, at each coil, and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings. C. Valve Stems: Install valves with stems pointed up, in the vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from a horizontal plane. D. Chain Operators: In central plant and in fan or mechanical rooms where chilled water and condenser water valves are installed over 8’ above floor, provide chain operators. E. Swing Check Valves: Swing check valves shall be installed in horizontal piping only. F. Unions and Companion Flanges: Provide unions or companion flanges where required to facilitate dismantling of valves and equipment. G. Access Doors and Panels: Verify the location and quantity of access doors or panels required to provide full valve access. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 1 SECTION 23 30 00 DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the duct systems. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the duct systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: 1. Provide sheet metal ductwork as specified herein. B. Types: The types of ductwork specified in this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Air conditioning cooling and/or heating supply and return air systems 2. Outdoor air supply systems 3. Mechanical exhaust systems 4. Air relief systems 5. Boiler breeching and boiler flue C. Supply Air Ductwork Downstream of Packaged Units: Ductwork shall be sheet metal designed for velocities up to 1,500 fpm or a friction rate of 0.10 inches water column per 100 feet of duct, whichever is most stringent. The ductwork shall meet the latest SMACNA Standards for construction and stiffening based on the maximum pressure in the ductwork. Ductwork shall be 1” W.C. pressure class. D. Outside Air Ductwork (passive): Ductwork shall be sheet metal ductwork designed for velocities up to 1,000 fpm. The ductwork shall meet the latest SMACNA Standards for construction and stiffening based on the maximum pressure in the ductwork. E. Restroom and General Exhaust Ductwork: Ductwork shall be sheet metal ductwork designed for velocities up to 1,500 fpm. The ductwork shall meet the latest SMACNA Standards for construction and stiffening based on the maximum pressure in the ductwork. Ductwork shall be 1” W.C. pressure class. F. Flexible Ductwork: Ductwork connections to HVAC terminal units and air devices shall be made with flexible ductwork connection where shown on the Drawings. Additional connections may be made using flexible ductwork at the Contractors opinion, where approved in writing, in advance, by the Engineer. Flexible ductwork shall NOT be used in inaccessible locations (e.g., above gyp board ceilings, areas that cannot be reached by technician from a ladder). G. Breeching and Flue: Breeching and flue for boilers shall be Type “B” flue or approved materials for high efficiency units. H. Ductwork Insulation: Refer to section 23 07 00, “HVAC Insulation”, for duct insulation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 2 I. Ductwork Accessories: Refer to Section 23 33 00, “Ductwork Accessories”, for accessories and specialties related to ductwork systems and installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design and Installation Standards: 1. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. 2. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE 70-72) , Method of Testing for Rating the air flow performance of outlets and inlets. 3. ADC Standard 1062R2, Air Diffusing Equipment Test Code. 4. AMCA Standard 210, Test Code for Air Moving Devices. 5. NFPA 90-A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2002 edition. B. Fire and Smoke Rating Test Standards: ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned layouts of ductwork showing both the accurately scaled ductwork and its relation to space enclosure. Show modifications of indicated requirements, made to conform to local shop practice and how those modifications ensure that the free area, materials, and weights are not reduced. The shop drawings must be submitted at ¼” = 1’-0” or larger scale and shall include all equipment connected to the duct systems, drawn to scale, based on the equipment submittals. All ductwork and equipment must indicate bottom elevations, referenced to finished floor below (bottom of duct = X’-Y” AFF, e.g.) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide paintable ductwork. Also provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, oil canning, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Gauges, Rectangular Ductwork: Fabricate galvanized steel ductwork from the minimum gauges for sizes up to the corresponding maximum long-side dimensions as indicated in SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. C. Gauges, Round Ductwork: Fabricate lock-form quality galvanized steel ductwork from the minimum gauges for diameters up to the corresponding maximum dimensions as indicated in SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. D. Fiberglass Duct board: Fiberglass duct board is NOT an acceptable means of air transport. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS DUCT MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of the types and sizes indicated and where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 3 B. Duct Sealant: Provide non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant (type applicable for the fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by the manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. C. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim, and angles for support of ductwork. D. Duct Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASC-A-7001 by The Adhesive and Sealant Council, Inc. (per SMACNA standards). E. Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA. F. Flexible Ductwork: Insulated flexible ductwork shall be Wiremold Type VTCK. Approved equal flexible ductwork by Certainteed Corporation, Flexaust Company, Genflex or Owens-Corning Fiberglass will be acceptable. Provide either 45 degree angle taps with manual volume dampers or "spin-in" taps with manual volume dampers at main duct tap as shown on Drawings. 2.3 FLUE AND BREECHING A. Flues: Flues for boilers shall comply with NFPA requirements for Type "A" flue. A UL factory-fabricated stack rated for such duty may be used or a stack fabricated of not less than 16 gauge steel, welded and insulated as specified under Section 23 07 00, “HVAC Insulation”, of these Specifications, including terminal caps may be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: Round and rectangular sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Constructions Standards", latest Edition, ASHRAE Guide and Data Book, "Handbook of Fundamentals", latest edition, specifically Chapter 25 and NFPA Standard 90-A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". B. All ductwork required for the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems shall be constructed and erected in a first class workmanlike manner. This work shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from and after the date of acceptance of the job against noise, chatter, whistling, vibration, and free from pulsation under all conditions of operation. C. The interior surface of all ductwork shall be smooth with no parts projecting into the air stream unless specified to do so. All seams and joints shall be external. The inside of all ductwork shall be thoroughly cleaned and all fans operated to remove any debris prior to connection of air devices. D. All holes in ducts for damper rods and other necessary devices shall be either drilled or machine punched (not pin punched), and shall not be any larger than necessary. All duct openings shall be provided with sheet metal caps if the openings are to be left unconnected for any length of time. E. Where ducts, exposed to view (including equipment rooms), pass through walls, floors or ceilings, furnish and install sheet metal collars around the duct. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 4 F. Sheet metal plenums shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA standards. Where plenums are connected to louvers, the plenum bottom shall be sloped to drain to the louver. G. Ductwork which is exposed to weather shall have soldered joints and seams and shall be painted with a suitable epoxy coating. In lieu of solder joints, the use of duct-mate or TDC manufactured flanges are acceptable. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Prior to submitting ductwork shop drawings, the Division 23 Contractor shall fully coordinate the routing and height of all ductwork with all other trades and with ceiling heights, lighting fixtures and building construction. 3.3 GENERAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Duct Gauge and Reinforcing: 1. Rectangular Ductwork: Minimum metal gauges and reinforcement shall be in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (SDCS) Tables 1-3 through 1-13. Minimum aluminum gauges and reinforcement shall be in accordance with SDCS Tables 1-14 through 1-16. Reinforcing shall be installed per SDCS Fig. 1-9 through 1-12. 2. Round Ductwork: Minimum metal gauges for longitudinal and spiral seam round ductwork shall be in accordance with SDCS Table 3-2. Minimum aluminum gauges for longitudinal and spiral seam round ductwork shall be in accordance with SDCS Table 3-3. Longitudinal seam ductwork larger than 12" diameter shall not be permitted unless welded seams are used. 3. Cross-breaking: Cross-break or transverse bead all flat surfaces which are more than 12" wide. Transverse beading shall be on 12" centers and shall be a minimum of 1/8" deep at the center of the bead and 3/8" wide at the base of the bead. 4. Minimum Gauges: The metal gauges listed in the SDCS for round and rectangular ductwork are the minimum recommended. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to select a metal gauge heavy enough to withstand the physical abuse of installation. B. Duct Joints And Seams: 1. General: Make all joints airtight. The distance between transverse joints on any size duct shall not exceed 5'. 2. Rectangular Ductwork: Transverse joints and longitudinal seams in ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 1-4 and 1-5. Drive slips may be used on rectangular ductwork on short sides only, up to 18" maximum. Gauge of drive slips shall be at least as heavy as ductwork on which they are installed. Bend drive slips over at least 3/4" at corners. Corner closures shall be in accordance with SDCS Fig. 1-13 through 1-18. All longitudinal seams shall be "Pittsburgh Lock" or button punch snap lock at corner seams and grooved seam or seam welded in sides between corners, in accordance with SDCS Fig. 1-5. At the Contractor's option, transverse joints may be transverse duct flange joints or Ductmate EP12/11 prefabricated galvanized "Ductmate" sections. The proposed gasket material, flange, corner piece and Ductmate details shall be submitted for approval. 3. Round Ductwork: Transverse joints for round ductwork shall be beaded sleeve type constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 3-2, properly secured and sealed. Draw bands shall not be used on round ductwork. Longitudinal and spiral seams shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 3-1. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 5 4. Ductwork Sealing: Seal all longitudinal and transverse ductwork joints and seams using SMACNA ductwork sealant and 3" wide open weave tape to provide positive seal. Sufficient sealant shall be used to completely imbed the cloth. C. Connections and Take-offs: 1. Rectangular Ductwork: Parallel flow branches shall be constructed using radius elbow take-offs in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-7. Branch duct connections shall be 45 degree entry expanded taps constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-8. Duct-mounted coil connections shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-11. 2. Round Ductwork: Connections and takeoffs shall be made using 90 degree conical taps, 45 degree lateral taps or wye fittings constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 3-4 and 3-5. Use of 90 degree tees shall not be allowed. 3. Spin-in Fittings: Spin-in fittings may be used for duct taps to air supply and exhaust devices and shall include quadrant dampers even though a volume damper may be specified for the air device. Spin-in fittings shall be sealed at the duct tap with a gasket and compression fit or sealed with duct sealant. The location of spin-in fittings in the ducts shall be determined after terminal units are hung and the location of the light fixtures is known so as to minimize flexible duct lengths and sharp bends. Spin-ins shall be installed with their damper axis parallel to airflow. A minimum of 18” must be provided between fittings. 4. Flexible Joints In Ductwork: Provide flexible connections where ductwork connects to air-handling units, fans, and similar powered equipment items and where required for expansion and contraction of the ductwork or the building structure. A minimum of one inch (1") slack shall be provided in all flexible connection to insure vibration isolation. Flexible joints are not required where equipment is connected with flexible duct. Flexible connections shall be rigidly connected to metal work on each side and shall be airtight. Bond flanges of flexible duct connectors to ducts and housings to provide airtight connections. Seal seams and penetrations to prevent air leakage. D. Elbows and Tees: 1. Rectangular Ductwork: Provide radius or square elbows in ductwork, where shown on the Drawings. Where radius elbows are shown, radius elbows must be provided. Where square elbows are shown, square or radius elbows may be provided, at the Contractor's option. Elbows shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-2. Turning vanes are required in all square elbows of 46 degrees or greater angle. Turning vanes are not required in radius elbows. Turning vanes shall be single vane type without a trailing edge and shall be constructed and installed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-3 and 2-4. 2. Round Ductwork: Provide radius elbows of the stamped or segmented type constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 3-3. Segmented elbows shall have a minimum of three segments for 45 degree elbows and five segments for 90 degree elbows. E. Offsets and Transitions: Where duct width increases, maximum angle of slope shall be 20 degrees (one inch (1") in 2.7"). Where duct width decreases, maximum angle of slope shall be 30 degrees (one inch (1") in 1.7"). Offsets and transitions shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-9 and 2-10. F. Air Device Connections: Make connections to air devices and fabricate air device plenums as detailed on the Drawings and in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-16 through 2-18. 3.4 DUCTLINER NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 6 A. General: The liner shall be applied to the inside of the duct with heavy density side to the air stream and shall be secured in the duct with adhesive, completely coating the clean sheet metal. All joints in the insulation shall be "buttered" and firmly butted tightly to the adjoining liner using fireproof adhesive. Where a cut is made for duct taps, etc., the raw edge shall be accurately and evenly cut and shall be thoroughly coated with fireproof adhesive. On ducts over 24" in width or depth, the liner shall be further secured with mechanical fasteners. The fasteners shall be A.J. Gerrard Company pronged straps, or approved equal, secured to the ducts by fireproof adhesive. The clips shall be 18" maximum spacing and shall be pointed up with fireproof adhesive. Liner shall be accurately cut and ends thoroughly coated with fireproof adhesive so that when the duct section is installed, the liner shall make a firmly butted and tightly sealed joint. Where ducts are lined exterior insulation will not be needed unless otherwise noted, except that the two insulations shall lap not less than 24". Ductliner for velocities over 2,000 fpm shall be as specified except a perforated metal liner shall be used over ductliner for securement, in lieu of fasteners. Ductliner installation and fasteners shall comply with SDCS Fig. 2-22 through 2-25. 3.5 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve airtight and noiseless systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with a minimum of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers, and anchors of the type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and prevent buckling. B. Inserts: Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork, as required to avoid delays in the work. C. Completion: Complete fabrication of work at the project as necessary to match shop- fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. D. Run Location: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, grams, details, and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in the shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing the building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of the building. Limit clearance to 0.5" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork to assure 1.0" clearance of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate the layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. E. Coordination: Coordinate duct installation with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls, and other associated work of the ductwork system. F. Hangers and Supports: 1. General: All ductwork supports shall be per Section IV of the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - First Edition" with all supports directly anchored to the building structure. Supports shall be on maximum 8'-0" centers with additional supports as required to prevent sagging. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 7 2. Attachment to Structure: Provide hanger attachment to the building structure as specified in Section 15100, "Basic Materials and Methods", and in accordance with SDCS Fig. 4-1 through 4-3. 3. Hangers: Hangers shall be strap or rod sized in accordance with SDCS Table 4-1 and 4-2. Strap hanger attachment to rectangular duct shall consist of a turning strap under the duct a minimum of one inch (1") and securing the strap with one screw into the bottom of the duct and one screw to the side of the duct. Rectangular duct supported on trapeze hangers shall be attached to the trapeze. Round duct attachments shall be constructed in accordance with SDCS Fig. 4-4. 4. Horizontal Ducts: Ducts larger than 50" in their greatest dimension shall be supported by means of hanger rods bolted to angle iron or half round trapeze hangers. Duct shall have at least one pair of supports 8'-0" on centers according to the following: Angle Length Angle Rod Diameter 4'-0" 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" 1/4" 6'-0" 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" 1/4" 8'-0" 2" x 2" x 1/8" 5/16" 10'-0" 3" x 3" x 1/8" 3/8" 5. Vertical Ducts: Ducts shall be supported where they pass through the floor lines with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/4" angles for ducts up to 60". Above 60", the angles must be increased in strength and sized on an individual basis considering space requirements. G. Flexible Ductwork: 1. General: Flexible ductwork shall be provided as shown on Drawings. Flexible ducts shall be installed in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make the connection, subject to the maximum lengths herein and below. Bends in any length of flexible duct shall not exceed 45 degrees for HVAC terminal unit connections or 135 degrees for air device connections and shall not exceed that recommended by the flexible ductwork manufacturer. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the length of any one run of flexible ductwork shall not exceed 2 feet to terminal units or 8 feet to air devices. 2. Supports: Where flexible duct extension exceeds 48", horizontally, a support shall be provided. Duct shall be suspended on 48" centers with a minimum two inch (2") wide flat banding material. Refer to SDCS Fig. 3-9 and 3-10 and Page 3-17 for additional requirements. 4. Air Device Flexible Duct Connections: All joints and connections shall be made by turning back the insulation and securing the inner liner with self-locking nylon straps and sealing with two wraps of duct tape. The insulation shall then be placed over the joint, attached with a self-locking nylon strap and sealed on the exterior with an approved foil duct tape. Refer to SDCS Page 3-13 and 3-15 for additional requirements. H. Duct Mounted Devices: 1. Install duct mounted sensors and control devices furnished under Section 23 09 00, "Building Controls". Provide access doors at each duct mounted control device. Coordinate location of devices and installation requirements with the Section 23 09 00 Contractor. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK 23 30 00 - 8 2. Install duct type smoke detectors furnished under Division 26. Provide access doors at each sampling tube assembly. Coordinate location of detectors and installation requirements with Division 26. 3. Provide duct test ports in ductwork as required to properly balance all air systems. Test ports shall be located per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard III to allow accurate pitot- tube traverse measurements in ductwork. 3.6 FLUE AND BREECHING A. General: Install flues and breeching in accordance with the flue manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance with SDCS Fig. 2-20. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: Clean ductwork internally, section-by-section of dust and debris as it is installed. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of the metal or, where ductwork is to be painted, might interfere with painting or cause paint damage. B. Repairs: Strip protective paper from stainless ductwork surfaces and repair finish or replace ductwork portion wherever it has been damaged. C. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at the time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent the entrance of dust and debris until such time that connections are to be completed. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 1 SECTION 23 33 00 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, General Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the registers, grilles, and diffusers. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the duct systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide ductwork accessories as required for the project including the following: 1. Extractors, 2. Turning vanes, 3. Monitors, 4. Splitter dampers, 5. Access doors, 6. Straightening grids 7. Fire dampers. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA) Duct Construction Standards (latest edition). B. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of ductwork accessories. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show modifications of indicated requirements, if applicable, made to conform to local shop practice and show how these modifications ensure that the materials and weights are not reduced and that the fabricated units are equivalent to the specified requirements in every significant way. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES, FABRICATION AND MATERIALS A. General: Provide ductwork accessories that comply with the Section 15891, "Ductwork", and other applicable product requirements of ductwork materials noted in this Section. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 2 2.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. General: Flexible connections shall be UL-labeled, 30 ounces glass fabric-lined with insulation and coated on both sides with neoprene, complete with attachment accessories, "Vent-Glass" by Vent-Fabrics, Inc. or approved equal. 2.3 DUCTWORK HARDWARE A. General: Damper operators for concealed inaccessible ductwork shall be Young Regulator Company, Catalog No. 700 or No. 315, as shown. Non-insulated accessible ductwork shall be Young Regulator Company, Catalog No. 433. Accessible insulated ductwork shall be Young Regulator Company, Catalog No. 443. Approved equal units by Duo-Dyne or Vent Fabrics, Inc. will be acceptable. 2.4 DIRECTIONAL, VOLUME CONTROL, AND FIRE DAMPERS A. General: Provide all direction and volume control and fire dampers shown or noted on Drawings. All damper control devices shall be installed so as to be fully concealed in finished rooms and spaces. B. Control Dampers: 1. Splitter Dampers: Splitter dampers shall be not less than 16 gauge. Splitter dampers shall be 1-1/2 times the width of narrowest duct leaving split, except not less than 12" long and shall have not more than 1/4" less height than duct in which it is installed. Splitter dampers having area less than 2.25 square feet shall be adjusted by means of a locking quadrant mounted on end of shaft. Splitter dampers having larger area shall be adjusted by means of one or more push rods in accordance with Figure 2-5, SMACNA "Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards". 2. Extractors: Provide extractors of the size and type required, with hex-key operated adjustable blades, and with gang operated galvanized steel blades on one-inch centers. 3. Pressure Taps: Where rectangular take-offs of branches from main ducts are used with 45 degree entry, provide manual volume regulators with lockable operators. 4. Round Taps: Where taps to main ducts or their branches are made, provide 45 degree angle taps or 90 degree spin-in taps with manual volume dampers. 5. Multi-leaf Dampers: Where multi-leaf dampers are required, provide opposed blade-type in accordance with Figure 2-12, SMACNA "Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards". 2.5 FLASHING AND COUNTER-FLASHING A. General: Flashing and counter-flashing shall be as specified in other Divisions of these Specifications. 2.6 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: Provide hinged duct access doors, gasketed and with insulation where ductwork is indicated to be insulated. Provide construction per SMACNA Standards. Access doors shall be at least 15" x 15". B. Inspection Plates: Provide inspection plates as required. Provide a minimum opening of 4" x 4" with a 6" x 6" cover plate. The cover plate shall be one gauge heavier than the ductwork, gasketed and secured with a minimum of eight sheetmetal screws. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 3 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials for ductwork accessories, including hinges, refrigerator latches, sash locks, bolts and wing nuts, gaskets and pitot tubes as recommended by the ductwork accessories manufacturer for the application indicated. 2.8 TURNING VANES A. Construct turning vanes in accordance with SMACNA Standards (current edition). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Access Doors: Install access doors so that the doors open against the system air pressure wherever feasible and that their latches are operable from either side, except where the duct is too small to be entered. Provide access to each fire damper link to permit resetting. Comply with the applicable building codes or authority having jurisdiction and NFPA 96. B. Inspection Plates: Install plates at each primary zone damper and where otherwise required for inspection of operable mechanisms within the duct systems. C. Multileaf Dampers: Install multileaf volume dampers in each zone duct of multizone units and as otherwise required for balancing. D. Splitter Dampers: Install splitter dampers at all divisions of ductwork for proper air pattern control. E. Turning Vanes: 1. Provide radius elbows instead of mitered elbows whenever possible. When mitered elbows are required, only provide turning vanes in SUPPY elbows. No turning vanes shall be supplied in return or exhaust elbows. 2. Install turning vanes for all rectangular mitered elbows. Install turning vanes in accordance with SMACNA Standards. 3. Turning vanes for Ducts with air velocity less than 2500 FPM: Use single wall type vanes for ducts having width equal to or less than 12 inches. 4. Use double wall type vanes for (2” radius, 2–1/8” spacing) for ducts having widths greater than 12 inches. 5. If duct sizes change in a mitered elbow, use single wall type vanes with a trailing edge extension. 6. Turing vanes for Ducts with air velocity greater than 2500 FPM: Use double wall type vanes (4-1/2” radius, 3-1/4” spacing). 3.2 TESTING A. General: Check installed ductwork accessories for required operation and leak-proof performance during the system's operational test. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leak-proof performance. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FANS AND HOODS 23 34 00 - 1 SECTION 23 34 00 FANS AND HOODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the fan and hood systems. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the fan and hood systems specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide U.L. listed fans and ventilators as required by code and as specified. B. Related Work: Curbs at roof mounted equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 7. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The model numbers listed in the Specification establish a level of quality and material. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products and materials by the following: 1. Carnes 2. Greenheck PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Ratings: Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA certified ratings seal. Ratings of fans shall be based on 70°F and 29.92" of Hg atmospheric pressure. Air handling equipment shall be sized in conformance with applicable codes and good engineering practice. Roof- mounted units shall be located in coordination with the Architect to ensure proper sight lines. B. Construction: Fan construction shall be in accordance with AMCA classes of construction for the intended duty. Fan wheels, shafts, and drives shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory as a unit. Balance reports shall be factory-certified to the Construction Manger. C. Drives: Provide drives with a minimum belt horsepower capacity of 120% of the motor nameplate horsepower. D. Motor Sheaves: Motor sheaves shall be Browning Type, MVP, or approved equal, adjustable type with double-locking feature. Motor sheaves shall be selected for the rated fan rpm and shall be adjustable to as close as 10% above and below the rated fan speed. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FANS AND HOODS 23 34 00 - 2 E. Fan Sheaves: Provide adjustable or nonadjustable sheaves with removable machined bushings. Sheaves shall be machined on surfaces. Sheaves with over three grooves shall be dynamically balanced and the manufacturer shall so designate on each sheave. Fan sheaves with three grooves or less shall be statically balanced and weights required for balancing shall be welded to the sheaves. Manufacturers shall be Browning, Eaton, Yale, Towne, Dodge Manufacturing Company, or Fort Worth Steel and Machinery Company. F. Belts: Provide standard "V-groove" belts suitable for the service intended with the required capacities. The belts shall be closely matched and tagged prior to delivery to the job site. If the belts do not appear to be properly matched during operation, they shall be rechecked and, if necessary, replaced. Belts shall be as manufactured by Gates, Durkee-Atwood, Goodyear, Browning, or Uniroyal. G. Bearings: Provide SKF, Sealmaster, Timken, or Fafnir externally or internally-mounted, grease-lubricated, self-aligning ball bearings. Bearings shall have grease type zerk fittings. H. Motor Mount: Motors shall be mounted on an adjustable base rigidly supported on the fan and shall have extended shaft to accommodate the adjustable pitch sheave. 2.2 CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. General: Provide direct driven ceiling exhaust fans as required. Fan shall be acoustically insulated and have a maximum sound level rating as scheduled. B. Motor: Motor shall be suitably grounded and mounted on rubber-in-shear vibration isolators and speeds shall not exceed that scheduled. C. Accessories: 1. Provide totally noise-free, integral back draft damper, with no metal to metal contact. 2. Inlet grille shall be white molded plastic with egg-crate or perforated shape and provide 85% free open area. 3. Provide terminal box on the housing with cord, plug, and receptacle inside the housing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VENTILATION AND EXHAUST FANS A. General: Ventilating and exhaust fans not having integral vibration isolation shall be mounted on or suspended by vibration isolators as specified under Section 23 05 48. Where ductwork is connected to fans, Contractor shall provide UL labeled flexible duct connections. B. Curbs: Factory-fabricated roof curbs, caps, and similar items, shall be supplied and installed by Mechanical Contractor. Coordinate installation with Roofing Contractor. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL FANS AND HOODS 23 34 00 - 3 3.2 SYSTEMS A. Refer to Section 23 05 53, “HVAC Equipment and Piping Identification” for applicable painting, nameplate, and labeling requirements. B. Placement of fans and noise levels generated by the fans shall be taken into consideration. Fans shall be located and installed to minimize noise levels in occupied spaces. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS 23 37 00 - 1 SECTION 23 37 00 REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the registers, grilles, and diffusers. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the registers, grilles, and diffusers specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide air outlets and inlets as required for the finished or non-tenant areas of the project including the following: 1. Ceiling air registers, grilles, diffusers 2. Wall mounted registers and grilles 3. Linear slot diffusers 4. Architectural linear diffusers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The model numbers listed in the Specification establish a level of quality and material. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products and materials by the following: 1. Titus 2. Krueger 3. Anemostat 4. Carnes 5. Metal Aire 6. Price 7. Tuttle & Bailey B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90, as applicable to air diffuser construction and installation. C. Air Distribution Equipment: Maximum space temperature variation shall not exceed 2°F through the conditioned area from 2’ above the floor to 7’ above the floor. The air outlets shall be selected by the manufacturer to suit the volume, throw, and noise level criteria described in these Specifications, and maintain maximum terminal velocities of 50 fpm, unless otherwise indicated. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS 23 37 00 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS A. General: Provide air outlets and inlets of the size, shape, and type, constructed of materials and components, and with finishes as required. Apply corrosion resistant treatment to surfaces prior to applying prime coat. B. Ceiling Diffusers: Provide diffusers with corrosion resistant treated surfaces and finished in baked enamel unless otherwise required. Where applicable, provide adapters with diffusers to permit connection to round supply duct. C. Registers and Grilles: 1. General: Provide registers that contain a key-operated multi-louvered opposed blade damper operable from the face side. 2. Supply Air Register: Provide supply air registers of the double deflection type. 3. Return Air Grilles and Return Air Registers: Provide grilles and registers as required. D. Supply Linear Diffuser: 1. Provide supply linear diffuser with length and width as required. The supply diffuser shall be installed above the ceiling and located as indicated on the Architectural and Mechanical Drawings. 2. The diffuser shall be designed, tested, and constructed in a manner so as to comply with the performance criteria and sound level requirements specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Plenum shall be constructed of at least 24 gauge galvanized steel and shall be reinforced as required. The air volume, length and duct connection size shall be as required. Coordinate the attachment, support, and similar features of the supply plenum with the ceiling Subcontractor. 3. The plenum shall be painted flat black on interior surfaces and the exposed surfaces as viewed from below the ceiling system shall be painted flat black. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended functions. B. Coordination: Coordinate with other trades, including ductwork, and ductwork accessories, as necessary to interface air outlets and inlets properly with other work. 3.2 FIELD CONTROL QUALITY CONTROL A. Test installed devices to demonstrate satisfactory compliance with specified and indicated requirements. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 1 SECTION 23 74 00 PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 23 01 00 - General Requirements for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protection from damage of all materials. B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades. C. The work under this Section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install the Packaged Rooftop Cooling/Heating Units complete as indicated on the drawings and specified here in. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS A. Each unit shall be of the single-zone type, completely factory assembled, piped, wired, tested and shipped in one piece with a single power point connection. Outside air system, filters, refrigeration system, supply air system, switches, and all standard operating and safety controls shall be furnished and factory installed. The size, type and capacity shall be as indicated on the drawings. Units shall be Carrier, Trane, Daikin, or approved equivalent. B. Units shall be certified in accordance with ARI current standards. C. Gas heat/electric cool units shall be tested and certified in accordance with AGA safety requirements as a total package. D. Unit shall be designed for outdoor installation and suitable for mounting on a roof curb or as indicated on the drawings. 2.2 CABINET CASING A. The unit cabinet shall be constructed of no less than 18 gauge galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a baked enamel finish. Cabinet interior shall be completely insulated with not less than one inch thick neoprene coated fiberglass secured to sides, top and end panels with adhesive and mechanical fasteners. Screws or bolts are not acceptable. Cabinet panels shall be easily removable for service access to all operating components. Permanently attached lifting lugs shall be provided for rigging purposes. 2.3 COILS A. Condenser and evaporator coils shall be fabricated from seamless copper tubing mechanical bonded to rippled aluminum fins. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 2 B. Coils shall be factory leak tested. 2.4 COMPRESSORS A. Compressors shall be fully hermetic. Each compressor shall have vibration isolators, motor thermal overload protection, motor contactors, crankcase heater, pressure cutouts and its own refrigerant circuit with condenser, sight glass and filter drier. B. Compressors shall be furnished with a 5 year written warranty covering the compressor and motor. C. Serviceable semi- hermetic compressors shall be furnished with suction and discharge line service valves, oil pump, oil filter and oil level sight glass. D. Standard units shall be capable of operating down to 55 degrees F outdoor air temperature without additional head pressure control. Each circuit shall have a low ambient temperature sensor to prevent operation below 55 degrees F. E. The units shall be shipped with full operating charges of refrigerant and oil. The units shall include all necessary safety and operating controls. 2.5 FANS AND MOTORS A. Supply air fan shall be double width, double inlet centrifugal type statically and dynamically balanced. B. Fan motors shall be heavy duty 1800 rpm, open drip proof type with ball bearings. The motor shall have a variable pitch sheave and an adjustable base for proper alignment and belt tensioning. The entire fan assembly shall be completely isolated from the unit bulkhead with neoprene gasketing and mounted on double deflection rubber in shear or spring isolators. C. Condenser fans shall be propeller type, direct drive with permanently lubricated bearings, and overload protection. 2.6 FILTER SECTION A. The filter section shall be supplied complete with galvanized steel filter racks as an integral part of the unit. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, the filter section shall be provided with two complete sets of pleated filters, 2 inch thick throwaway type Farr 30- 30 filters. 2.7 ECONOMIZER SECTION A. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, units shall have an economizer section complete with outside air damper, return air damper, damper operator and barometric relief damper. B. Economizer cycle shall provide unit capacity of 0 to 100% outside air. C. Economizer cycle shall have solid state enthalpy control operating through the room thermostat to function automatically when outdoor air temperature and humidity are at acceptable levels. An adjustable minimum position switch shall be provided for outside air damper. On unit shut down outside air damper shall close. 2.8 GAS FIRED HEATING UNITS NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 3 A. Units with gas heating shall have a completely assembled, wired heating system integral with unit. System shall include heat exchanger, burners, gas valves, spark ignition system, limit switches and fan switch. B. Unit shall be furnished with (FM/I.R.I.) controls. C. Gas fired units shall be designed for use with natural gas having a heating value of 1000 BTU per cubic foot at an inlet pressure of 0.5 PSIG. 2.9 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. Units shall be complete with self- contained control system, and unit staging shall be a minimum of 2 cooling stages and 2 heating stages where possible. B. Thermostats shall be programmable electronic night setback stats, shall have dual setpoint for heating and cooling, and tamperproof. Setpoints must have adjustable dead band between heating and cooling. 2.10 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS A. Those units indicated to be for VAV systems on the plans shall be specifically designed units for this service. B. The unit shall have a damper and controls to control system static pressure. C. The refrigeration cycle shall be capable of maintaining a constant 55 degree F. supply air temperature above 55 degrees F. ambient even through the air flow through the cooling coil is reduced to near zero, approximately 10%. 2.11 ROOF CURBS A. Provide minimum 14" high (coordinate with schedule) factory prefabricated self flashing insulated roof curbs for all rooftop units. Coordinate the height of the roof curb with the roofing system so that the top of the roof curb is 12" (minimum) above roof surface. The curbs shall be designed to mate with the units and provide total support and complete weathertight installation when properly installed. Units and curbs shall be installed level, even if roofs are sloping. B. NOTE: It is very important to the scheduling of the project that the roof curbs for the rooftop units arrive at the job site as early as possible. The HVAC Subcontractor shall submit shop drawings on the curbs as soon as possible. 2.12 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. Provide condensate drain piping and trap as shown for each unit. The drain piping shall be constructed of Type M copper with soldered joints or PVC with solvent welded joints. Provide fiberglass splash block under each drain on roof. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. An adoption of another unit must be submitted for approval and any expenses will be borne by the NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 4 HVAC Subcontractor. B. Natural gas pressure reducing valves for reducing the 2 PSIG gas to 0.5 PSIG to the units will be furnished and installed by the Plumbing Subcontractor. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SECTION 23 74 00 PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 23 01 00 - General Requirements for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protection from damage of all materials. B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades. C. The work under this Section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install the Packaged Rooftop Cooling/Heating Units complete as indicated on the drawings and specified here in. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS A. Each unit shall be of the single-zone type, completely factory assembled, piped, wired, tested and shipped in one piece with a single power point connection. Outside air system, filters, refrigeration system, supply air system, switches, and all standard operating and safety controls shall be furnished and factory installed. The size, type and capacity shall be as indicated on the drawings. Units shall be Carrier, Trane, Daikin, JCI, or approved equivalent. B. Units shall be certified in accordance with ARI current standards. C. New Roof Top Unit to be provided with Electric Heat. D. Unit shall be designed for outdoor installation and suitable for mounting on a roof curb or as indicated on the drawings. 2.2 CABINET CASING A. The unit cabinet shall be constructed of no less than 18 gauge galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a baked enamel finish. Cabinet interior shall be completely insulated with not less than one inch thick neoprene coated fiberglass secured to sides, top and end panels with adhesive and mechanical fasteners. Screws or bolts are not acceptable. Cabinet panels shall be easily removable for service access to all operating components. Permanently attached lifting lugs shall be provided for rigging purposes. 2.3 COILS A. Condenser and evaporator coils shall be fabricated from seamless copper tubing mechanical bonded to rippled aluminum fins. B. Coils shall be factory leak tested. PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 1 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.4 COMPRESSORS A. Compressors shall be fully hermetic. Each compressor shall have vibration isolators, motor thermal overload protection, motor contactors, crankcase heater, pressure cutouts and its own refrigerant circuit with condenser, sight glass and filter drier. B. Compressors shall be furnished with a 5 year written warranty covering the compressor and motor. C. Serviceable semi- hermetic compressors shall be furnished with suction and discharge line service valves, oil pump, oil filter and oil level sight glass. D. Standard units shall be capable of operating down to 55 degrees F outdoor air temperature without additional head pressure control. Each circuit shall have a low ambient temperature sensor to prevent operation below 55 degrees F. E. The units shall be shipped with full operating charges of refrigerant and oil. The units shall include all necessary safety and operating controls. 2.5 FANS AND MOTORS A. Supply air fan shall be double width, double inlet centrifugal type statically and dynamically balanced. B. Fan motors shall be heavy duty 1800 rpm, open drip proof type with ball bearings. The motor shall have a variable pitch sheave and an adjustable base for proper alignment and belt tensioning. The entire fan assembly shall be completely isolated from the unit bulkhead with neoprene gasketing and mounted on double deflection rubber in shear or spring isolators. C. Condenser fans shall be propeller type, direct drive with permanently lubricated bearings, and overload protection. 2.6 FILTER SECTION A. The filter section shall be supplied complete with galvanized steel filter racks as an integral part of the unit. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, the filter section shall be provided with two complete sets of pleated filters, 2 inch thick throwaway type Farr 30-30 filters. 2.7 ECONOMIZER SECTION A. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, units shall have an economizer section complete with outside air damper, return air damper, damper operator and barometric relief damper. B. Economizer cycle shall provide unit capacity of 0 to 100% outside air and shall be controlled per energy code. C. Economizer cycle shall have solid state enthalpy control operating through the room thermostat to function automatically when outdoor air temperature and humidity are at acceptable levels. An adjustable minimum position switch shall be provided for outside air damper. On unit shut down outside air damper shall close. PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 2 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 2.8 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. Thermostats shall be programmable electronic night setback stats, shall have dual setpoint for heating and cooling, and tamperproof. Setpoints must have adjustable dead band between heating and cooling. 2.9 ROOF CURBS A. Provide Adapt-A-Curb type transition curb to match existing curb to new unit. Field verify existing measurements. B. NOTE: It is very important to the scheduling of the project that the roof curbs for the rooftop units arrive at the job site as early as possible. The HVAC Subcontractor shall submit shop drawings on the curbs as soon as possible. 2.10 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. Provide condensate drain piping and trap as shown for each unit. The drain piping shall be constructed of Type M copper with soldered joints or PVC with solvent welded joints. Coordinate Condensate routing with Mechanical and Plumbing Plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. An adoption of another unit must be submitted for approval and any expenses will be borne by the HVAC Subcontractor. End of Section PACKAGE ROOFTOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS 23 74 00 - 3 NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 26 - 1 SECTION 23 81 26 AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. The General Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, section 23 01 00, Division 1 Specifications and Special Provisions apply to all Work specified in this Section. B. This section describes the basic materials and installation methods for the packaged direct expansion variable air volume rooftop air conditioning units. Comply with other Division 23 sections and drawings as applicable. Refer to other divisions for coordination of work. C. Furnish and install all components of the rooftop units specified herein, as indicated on the drawings, and as required to provide complete and operating systems. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide a UL listed split system air-conditioning unit work including, but not limited to, the furnishing and installation of an indoor evaporator unit, an air-cooled condensing unit, filters, [electric heat section,] thermostat, accessories and other controls as required by local, state, and other applicable codes. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer: “Basis of Design” is Mitsubishi. Provide unit as specified or approved Daikin unit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop drawings submittals shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Unit cut-sheets clearly showing all features, accessories, dimensions, weights and capacities. 2. Written instructions for equipment to installation. 3. Wiring and piping diagrams and connection locations. 4. Performance certifications and test results. 5. Warranty information. 6. Additional information as required in Section 23 01 00. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver split system air conditioning units and accessories in factory-fabricated water- resistant wrapping. B. Handle split system air conditioning units and accessories carefully to avoid damage to material components, enclosure and finish. C. Store split system air conditioning units and accessories in a clean, dry space and protect from the weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 26 - 2 A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide split system air-conditioning unit manufacturer's standard materials and components as indicated by his product information, designed and constructed as recommended by the manufacturer and as required for a complete installation. B. Evaporator Units: 1. General: Provide DX fan coil units of the size and capacity scheduled on the Drawings. All units shall be UL approved and rated in accordance with AIR Industry Standard 441. 2. Basic Unit: Units shall be fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized steel. The fan and motor assembly shall be easily removable for service. Units shall have 1" supply and return duct collars. 3. Cabinet: Cabinets shall be horizontal enclosed type and shall have 18 gauge steel panels acoustically and thermally insulated with 1/2" coated glass fiber insulation meeting NFPA-90A requirements. Exposed panels shall be bonderized and finished with a baked primer and a finish coat of enamel. 4. Coils: DX cooling coils shall have copper tubes with aluminum fins, mechanically bonded to the tubes. Coils for use with single compressor condensing units shall be single circuit and coils for use with dual compressor condensing units shall have two full-face refrigerant circuits. A factory installed thermal expansion valve shall be provided for each circuit. "A" coils shall be factory leak tested at 225 psi air under water. Coils shall have a maximum of 12 fins per inch. Coil air pressure drop shall not exceed scheduled maximum. 5. Unit shall be furnished with (FM/I.R.I.) controls. 6. Motors: Motors shall be 3-speed, high efficiency, permanent split capacitor type with thermal overload protection. Maximum motor horsepower, input wattage shall not exceed that schedule. 7. Junction Box: Units shall have a factory installed junction box with the fan motor and heating coil wired to the junction box. 8. Fans: Fans shall be of the centrifugal, forward-curved type. Fan wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan wheels and housings shall be galvanized steel. 9. Certification: All fan coil unit performance data shall be certified in accordance with AIR 441-70. Units shall be sound-tested and rated in accordance with ARI- 443-70. 10. Unit Controls: Controls shall include a magnetic fan contractor, terminal strip, heater contactor and controls, and all other required controls. All controls shall be factory wired and tested. C. DX Cooling Coils: 1. General: Provide DX cooling coils of the size, type, capacity and arrangement as shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Coils: Coils shall consist of aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. Coils for use with single compressor condensing units shall be single circuit and coils for use with dual compressor condensing units shall have two full-face refrigerant circuits. A factory installed thermal expansion valve shall be provided for each circuit. Coils shall be factory leak tested at 225 psi air under water. Coils shall have a maximum of 12 fins per inch. Coil air pressure drop shall not exceed scheduled maximum and the coil shall be selected to match the condensing unit that serves it. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 26 - 3 3. Casing: The coil shall be encased in a painted galvanized enclosure with an integral drain pan with primary and auxiliary drain connections. The casing shall have refrigerant line connections and duct flange connections as required. D. Air-cooled Condensing Units: 1. General: Provide air cooled condensing units of the size, type, capacity and arrangement as shown and scheduled on the Drawings. Units shall be weatherproofed and include hermetic compressor(s), condensing coils, fans and motors, controls and holding charge of R-410a. Units shall have a control box access panel and removable end panels that allow access to all major components and controls. 2. Compressors: Each compressor shall be a direct-drive hermetic type with centrifugal oil pump; two-point lubrication for each bearing and connecting rod; crankcase heater and well; high strength, ring-type suction and discharge valves; large gas passages and minimum clearance volumes; and rubber-in-shear isolators; and a thermostatically controlled crankcase heater. 3. Compressor Motors: Each compressor motor shall be suction gas-cooled and have a voltage utilization range of plus or minus 10 percent of nameplate voltage. Internal temperature and current-sensitive motor overloads shall protect compressors under loss of charge and other abnormal operating conditions. 4. Condenser Fans: Fans shall be vertical discharge, direct-drive type, statically and dynamically balanced, with aluminum blades and zinc-plated steel hubs. Motors shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings, built-in current and thermal overload protection and weather-tight slingers over bearings. The fan motors shall be mounted in rubber isolators. Corrosion resistant fan grills shall be provided. 5. Condenser Coils: Condenser coils shall be aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Sub-cooling circuit(s) shall be provided as standard for each refrigeration circuit. Coils shall be factory pressure and leak-tested to 425 psig air pressure. Corrosion resistant metal grilles for coil protection shall be provided. 6. Controls: Unit controls shall include a fused 24-volt control power transformer, magnetic contactors for each compressor, cooling low ambient fan switches, high pressure cut-out(s), low pressure cut-out(s) and reset relays. Unit completely factory-wired with necessary controls and terminal block for connection of field control power wiring. An anti-recycle timer shall be provided. Provide low ambient controls, as scheduled. 7. Refrigerant/Oil Charge: Units shall be shipped from the factory with a sufficient charge of refrigerant and oil for the complete system when used with pre-charged refrigerant lines. 8. Refrigerant Line Connections: Connections shall be either compression or sweat type. Brass liquid and suction line service valves, gauge/charging ports in the liquid line and a sight glass in the liquid line shall be provided. 9. Low Ambient Operation: Units shall include head pressure controller dampers, fan speed control or hot gas bypass as required to allow starting and operation down to 0°F. 10. Warranty: The manufacturer's one year parts and labor and five year extended (non pro-rated) compressor warranty shall be provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install each computer room air conditioning system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, the NEC, and applicable local codes and ordinances. Test NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 26 - 4 installed system for compliance with these Specifications. Rework as required and as directed to ensure that specified and indicated requirements are met and that installed systems function as intended. B. Mounting: Provide foundation, platforms, and hangers required for proper installation of equipment. Condensing units shall be installed on rails when mounting on the roof (coordinate with Architect). C. Fans: Install fans to operate without noticeable vibration or noise after installation. D. Guards: Arrange belt guards to permit accessible tachometer readings, oiling, and testing with guards in position. E. Refrigerant Piping: Install, test, evacuate and charge refrigerant piping per the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified. Technician performing this work shall be certified and shall utilize proper refrigerant reclaim procedures. F. Identification: Refer to Section 23 05 53, “Equipment and Piping Identification”, for applicable painting, nameplate, and labeling requirements. Nameplates on units in finished areas shall be installed inside the unit cover and the unit manufacturers labeling system shall be used for exposed labeling of units. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 01 00 - 1 SECTION 26 01 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Drawings are schematic and are not intended to show the exact location of outlets, devices, etc. or the routing of conduit. Review architectural elevations and details for exact placement of outlets and devices. Conditions indicated on architectural plans shall govern for this work. B. Dimensions and information regarding accurate locations of equipment, and structural limitations and finish shall be coordinated and verified with other Divisions of Work. Be prepared to provide dimensions and information regarding the Work of this Division to other trades. C. The right is reserved to relocate any device (receptacle, switch, fire alarm, audio/visual, junction box, outlet, etc.) a maximum of 10’-0” before it is permanently provided without incurring additional cost to the Contract. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with the most recently revised versions of all local, state and federal codes, ordinances of the authority having jurisdiction, laws, rules and regulations. Any modifications required by any of the above shall be made without any additional cost. Where requirements between governing Codes and Regulations vary, the more restrictive provision shall apply. B. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed as authority or permission to disregard legal requirements and regulations. The Contractor shall thoroughly review the Documents and bring any such conflicts to the attention of the Architect and Engineer prior to installation. C. All materials shall be new and shall bear the label of UL (Underwriters Laboratory) and shall be listed for the purpose. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: to furnish, install and connect. B. Furnish: to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items customarily required for the proper and complete application. C. Install: to join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set-up or connect together, complete, tested, and ready for normal satisfactory operation. D. Engineer: the Engineer of record. E. Contract Documents: the complete set of Specifications and Drawings of all Divisions. F. Work: labor, materials, equipment, accessories, controls and other items required for a complete installation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 01 00 - 2 G. Concealed: embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces or in enclosures. H. Conduit: rigid steel; intermediate metal conduit (IMC), plastic conduit (PVC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or flexible steel conduit. I. Manufactured Cable: pre-wired metal clad manufactured cable bearing a UL label; metal clad cable (MC), health care (HCF). J. Wiring/Wired: all wire installed in conduit to equipment, device, junction box, light fixture, etc. from panel board or switchgear with all required boxes, connectors, couplings, etc. K. Exposed: not installed underground or concealed. L. Equal: equal in quality, workmanship, materials, weight, size, design and efficiency of the specified product, conforming to manufacturers. M. Supply: to purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories. N. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): applicable local, state and federal authorities having jurisdiction over any part of the Scope within this Division and other Divisions. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. The Contractor shall obtain complete shop drawings, product data and samples from the manufacturers, suppliers, vendors for all materials and equipment as specified herein in various Sections of the Specifications, and shall submit data and details of such materials and equipment for review via electronic format (e.g. PDF). B. Shop drawings and/or product data shall be submitted for the following (as applicable to project) for review: 1. Switchboards, panelboards, transformers, busway, motor control centers, ground fault system and other applicable equipment associated with the main distribution. 2. Disconnect switches, fuses, motor starters. 3. Lighting fixtures, lighting control system, dimming system, emergency batteries and other equipment associated with lighting. 4. Surge Protection Devices. 5. Devices, receptacles, switches, cover plates, occupancy sensors. The product data shall include the manufacturers name, model number, size and color. 6. Conduit, wire, boxes, fittings. 7. Fire Alarm System Components. 1.5 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the Project site a complete set of “Record Drawings”. Project Record Documents shall be maintained as specified in Division 01. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 01 00 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer’s names and catalog numbers specified in the Contract Documents are intended to describe the material and set the standard of quality. All bids shall be based on material specified. Request for approval of material not specified may be considered if the request is in written form and submitted to the Architect no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the bid date. All requests shall conform to the provisions of the general and supplementary conditions. B. When specific names are not stated, only the best available quality of material or equipment shall be submitted for review and used in the installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearance in accordance with the Code requirements and the requirements of the local Authorities having jurisdiction, and the equipment manufacturer‘s recommendations. B. In the preparation of Drawings, a reasonable effort to accommodate acceptable equipment manufacturer’s space requirements has been made. However, since space requirements and equipment arrangement vary according to each manufacturer, the responsibility for initial access, maintenance access, code required access, and proper fit rests with the Contractor. C. Physical dimensions and arrangements of equipment to be installed shall be subject to the Architect’s and Engineer’s review. D. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors shall coordinate the installation of ductwork, conduit, busway, piping, cable trays, etc., installation with lighting fixtures, special ceiling construction, air distribution equipment, and the structure. Provide additional rises, drops and offsets as required. If after installed, new ductwork, conduit, busway, piping or cable is found to be in conflict with the architecture, structure, or other trade Work which is either existing or shown on the Contract Documents, the ductwork, conduit, busway, piping or cable shall be relocated without additional cost. E. Accessibility and Clearance: 1. Electrical equipment, outlets, junction and pull boxes shall be installed in accessible locations, avoiding obstructions, preserving headroom, and keeping openings and passageways clear. 2. Minor adjustments in the locations of equipment shall be made where necessary, providing such adjustments do not adversely affect functionality of the equipment. 3.2 STRUCTURAL FITTINGS A. Provide the necessary sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, and related structural items. Provide at the proper time. B. Location: At a time in advance of the work, verify openings shown on the Architectural and Structural drawings, and coordinate any additional openings. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 01 00 - 4 C. If the work of this Section requires modification of the Architectural or Structural drawings, provide new instructions as to requirements for these openings. Submit for review and coordination to Architect. D. Sleeves shall be supplied for electrical conduits passing through walls or slabs and shall be placed before concrete is poured. E. Equipment supports for electrical work shall be fastened to the structure by inserts, anchor bolts, bolting to drilled and tapped structural members, or be welded to the structure. 1. Welding shall be done with the electric arc method by certified welders. Supporting members shall be shop coated with a suitable primer. 2. Surfaces damaged by installation of supports shall be touched up with primer to match shop coat. Any drilling of structural members shall be approved by the Architect. F. Flashing: 1. Wherever conduits pass through the roof or outer walls, base flashing and counter flashing shall be provided. 2. Such flashing shall be properly installed by skilled workmen, and shall include grouting, mastic or tar application, or other means to insure a permanent, waterproof, neat and workmanlike installation. 3. Insofar as possible, flashing shall comply with and be similar to requirements for flashing in General Construction Work. G. Anchor bolts and inserts shall be galvanized and of adequate size and strength for installation of electrical work and shall be placed in forms before concrete is poured. 1. Placement of bolts in bases shall be done under other Division. Provide detail drawings, templates, and anchor bolts for bases to the General Contractor in time to avoid delaying work schedules. 2. Expansion shields shall only be used with specific approval of the Architect. Wooden or soft metal plugs shall not be used. H. Cutting and patching: 1. All additional cutting, patching and reinforcement of construction of building, subject to review by the Architect, shall be performed under this Section. 2. Refer to appropriate Division for requirements. 3.3 WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT A. Electrical devices or equipment located in damp, semi-exposed areas shall be weather- resistant. Enclosures shall comply with NEMA Type 3R requirements. B. Surface mounted outlet boxes shall be cast metal with threaded bolts. Pull or junction boxes shall be cast metal with bolted and gasketed covers. C. Outlet box covers shall be of a suitable weatherproof type with gaskets, packing glands, weatherproof doors, or other required means to prevent entry of moisture. D. Lighting fixtures shall be provided with suitable gasket, and UL labeled for location. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 01 00 - 5 3.4 CLEANING A. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting and acceptance. Perform in stages if directed. B. Painted exposed work soiled or damaged: Clean and repair to match adjoining work before final acceptance. C. Remove dust and debris from inside and outside of material and equipment. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT A. Numbered adhesive strip tags shall be attached to branch circuit wiring in conduits at every point where runs are broken or terminated. Also tag pull wires in empty conduits. B. Junction and Pull boxes shall have covers stenciled with box number when shown on the drawings, or circuit numbers according to panel schedules. Data shall be lettered in a conspicuous manner with a color contrasting to finish. 3.6 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested in the presence of the maintenance personnel upon completion of the Work and demonstrates that the installation is in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. All motors shall be checked and adjusted for correct direction of rotation. C. Loading of circuits and feeders in panelboards shall be checked and balanced. D. Any work found not to be in compliance with the Contract documents shall be repaired or replaced without incurring additional cost to the Contract price. E. Provide all instruction on maintenance and operation of all systems and equipment provided under this Division. 3.7 WARRANTIES A. The warranty period for all systems, equipment, components, work, etc. shall be no less than one (1) year, unless specified otherwise hereinafter and shall include at least one (1) full heating season and one (1) full cooling season. B. The Contractor shall, without additional cost, remedy any defects within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect. In default thereof, the Owner/Agency may have such work done and charge all costs to the Contractor. C. The start of the Contractor’s warranty period, as defined in the General Conditions, shall commence on the issue of a “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, by the Owner/Agency or the Owner’s/Agency’s Representative for each item of material, equipment or system. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 1 SECTION 26 05 00 RACEWAYS AND WIRING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all raceways and wiring specified herein and as required to provide a complete system throughout the project as indicated on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC): Rigid steel conduit shall be galvanized, constructed of high-grade raw steel piping, galvanized inside and outside with threaded joints. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): IMC shall be constructed of high-grade steel tubing, galvanized inside and outside with threaded joints. Zinc coating shall be applied by the hot-dip, galvanized process. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be constructed of high-grade steel, zinc coated and galvanized inside and outside. D. Rigid Plastic Conduit (PVC): PVC conduit shall be polyvinyl chloride rigid scheduled to heavy wall type. PVC conduit shall be joined with PVC couplings of the solvent cement type to provide complete watertight joints. Conduit systems shall be UL listed for direct burial and exposed use. E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Shall be flexible steel conduit tubing spirally wound having a hot- dip galvanized coating and meeting requirements of UL for flexible metal conduit. F. Liquid tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Shall be flexible steel conduit spirally wound and shall have a copper grounding strand and factory-applied neoprene jacket. Liquid tight flexible conduit shall meet the requirements of UL. 2.2 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. GRC and IMC: Shall be factory-made taper threaded and of the same material as the conduit. Provide with molded nylon insulating bushing or throat at all boxes and cabinets with locknuts inside and outside. Provide watertight hubs in wet locations for terminations into enclosures. Provide insulated grounding bushing where required. B. EMT: Shall be of the same material as the conduit and shall be hexnut compression or steel setscrew. Provide with molded nylon insulating bushing or throat at all boxes and cabinets. Provide insulated grounding bushing where required. C. PVC: Shall be Schedule 40 and of the same manufacturer as the conduit. D. Flexible Metal Conduit and Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Provide couplings at connections between flexible and rigid conduit suitable for that application. Provide with nylon-insulated busing or throat at all boxes and cabinets with locknuts. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 2 E. Expansion Joints: Provide O.Z./Gedney, Type AX expansion joint fittings for all conduit which crosses an expansion joint. Provide with internal ground and external bonding jumper. F. Wire Support Bushings: Provide for vertical runs as required by the NEC. 2.3 PRE-WIRED MANUFACTURED CABLE A. Pre-wired manufactured cable is ONLY acceptable for branch circuit wiring for receptacle and lighting circuits when ran box to box and concealed in walls or in millwork. All other branch circuit electrical wiring shall be ran in EMT conduit. All homeruns shall be in ¾” EMT conduit ran from the first device or light fixture box to the panel. B. Where allowed (indicated above), Pre-wired manufactured cable shall be type “MC” only (type “AC” cable not allowed) consisting of one (1), two (2), three (3) or four (4) copper “THW”, “THHN” or “THHN/THWN” insulated phase, neutral and ground conductors. Ground shall be of minimum size required by NEC, as specified in other Sections and as noted on the Drawings. C. Pre-wired manufactured cables shall NOT be used for: 1. Mechanical equipment branch circuits 2. Feeders 3. Homeruns 4. Exposed D. Cable shall not pass through a fire rated wall or assembly. E. Acceptable cable manufactures are AFC, Alflex and Southwire. F. Cable termination fittings shall be O. Z. Gedney C5, T&B #253, Steel City Series XC-400 or approved equal clamp-type, malleable iron fittings. Die-cast fittings are not acceptable. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES A. Junction boxes and Pull boxes shall be galvanized steel with mode size and gauge as required by the NEC in accordance with voltage parameters. Covers shall be of the same gauge as the box as shall be screw fastened. Boxes shall be sized as required but shall be no smaller than 4 inches square and 1-1/2 inches deep. B. Covers shall be accessible. C. Provide galvanized cast iron or aluminum with threaded hubs and gaskets for outdoor and damp locations. D. Boxes in grade or underwater shall be cast brass or bronze. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Outlet boxes shall be UL listed, and of sizes and types required for the application. B. Boxes Recessed in Construction: Sheet steel boxes, unless noted or required otherwise. Boxes shall be no lighter than 14 gauge and shall be galvanized after fabrication. Set so face of box will finish flush with building surface. 1. For Lighting Fixture Outlets: 4-inch square with raided fixture ring. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 3 2. For Wall Switches, Receptacles, and Communication Use: 4 inch square, one- piece; no sectional boxes permitted. Use boxes with plaster rings in all plastered walls where wall thickness permits. Use boxes less than 1-1/2 inch deep only in locations where deep boxes cannot be accommodated by construction. C. Boxes Used Outdoors or in Damp/Wet Locations: Cast metal boxes (iron and alloy) with gasketed covers and threaded hubs. D. Boxes in Hazardous Areas: Approved cast metal boxes with appropriate sealing fittings. E. Provide blank cover for boxes without fixture or device. F. Boxes in grade or underwater shall be cast brass or bronze. 2.6 WIREWAYS AND AUXILLARY GUTTERS A. Wireways shall be constructed in accordance with UL 870. Every component including lengths, connectors, and fittings shall be UL listed and labeled. Provision shall be included in the construction to allow screwing the hinged cover closed without the use of parts other than the standard lengths, fittings, and connectors. It shall also be possible to seal the cover in the closed position with a sealing wire. B. Wireways shall be constructed with/without knockouts, as required. Enclosure type shall be as required by conditions encountered. C. Gutters and Wireways shall be suitable for “lay-in” conductors. Connector covers shall be permanently attached so that removal is not necessary to utilize the lay-in feature. D. All sheet metal parts shall be provided with a rust-inhibiting phosphatizing coating and gray baked enamel finish. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion. All screws installed toward the inside shall be protected by spring nuts or otherwise guarded to prevent wire insulation damage. E. All connectors shall be slip-in type with self-retaining mounting screws. All hangers shall be two-piece with hook-together feature to permit pre-assembly of wireway and hanger bottom plate before hanging on pre-installed upper bracket. 2.7 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Surface metal raceway shall be UL listed and labeled and be installed ONLY where required; shall be used together with couplings, clips, bushings, straps, connectors, connection covers, elbows, extension boxes, fixture boxes, extension adapters, blank covers and all other required fittings; shall be of the proper size to accommodate the conductors to be installed therein in each case. 2.8 CONDUCTORS – 600 VOLTS OR LESS A. Provide conductors of stranded copper, 98% conductivity, new building wire, insulated in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. Insulation shall be rated no less than 600-volt. Conductors for sizes No. 10 and smaller shall be Type “THWN” or “THHN/THWN”. Conductors for sizes No. 8 and larger shall be type “XHHW”. Solid conductors terminating in a breaker or device shall be utilized for wire size No. 10 and below. Sizes specified are AWG gauge for No. 4/0 and smaller and circular mils (kcmil) for sizes larger than No. 4/0. Minimum wire size shall be No. 12. B. Connectors: Make spices and connections in conductors using UL connectors. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 4 1. Stranded Conductors: UL listed, solderless, bolted pressure or compression connectors. Connectors shall be of proper sizes to match conductor sizes. 2. Solid Conductors: UL listed, bolted pressure or spring connectors. Connectors shall be of proper sizes to match conductor sizes. 3. Motor Lead Pigtails: UL listed, crimp lugs with through-bolt fasteners between lugs. Lugs shall be of proper sizes to match conductors. Proper sized dies and tools shall be provided to apply connectors. 4. Lighting Fixture Taps: Electrical spring connectors as specified for solid conductors. 5. Ground connections: Burndy ground clamps or connectors of a type suitable for and having a UL listing for grounding applications. C. All conductor sizes shown on the Drawings are Copper unless specifically noted otherwise. All ground conductors shall be Copper. 2.9 MANUFACTURERS A. Conduit (GRC, IMC, EMT) 1. Allied 2. Republic 3. Triangle 4. Wheatland B. Conduit Fittings (GRC, IMC, EMT) 1. Appleton 2. O.Z. Gedney 3. Steel City 4. Thomas and Betts 5. Raco C. Flexible Metal Conduit 1. AFC 2. Alflex 3. Anaconda 4. International Metal Hose D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit 1. American Brass Company 2. Anaconda 3. Electri-Flex Company E. PVC Conduit and Fittings 1. Carlon 2. Certainteed 3. Triangle F. Conductors, Copper, 600 Volts or less 1. Colonial Wire and Cable Co. 2. Prismia 3. Southwire G. Conductors, Aluminum, 600 volt or less (where specified) 1. Alcan Cable 2. Cablec 3. Southwire NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 5 H. Outlets and Boxes 1. Appleton 2. Raco 3. Steel City 4. Midland PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT A. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRC) shall be used for service entrance and underground feeders. B. GRC or Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) shall be used where exposed and subject to physical damage, or installed in damp or wet locations. C. Rigid Plastic Conduit (PVC) shall be used for underground branch circuits, underground feeders where run below the slab on grade, 1” maximum in the slab on grade, 1” maximum in the slabs above grade, in concrete columns and concrete wall and in masonry walls. PVC may be used for underground service entrance and feeders where encased in 4” concrete on all sides. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be used for branch circuits concealed in walls and ceilings. EMT may be used for feeders where not exposed to damage and/or not installed in wet or damp locations. E. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or vibrating equipment. The lengths shall be as short as possible, in no case longer than 6’ or shorter than 12”. F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or vibrating equipment where located outdoors or in damp or wet locations. The lengths shall be as short as possible but in no case longer than 6’ or shorter than 12”. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit shall NOT be located above a ceiling, in an air shaft or in a mechanical room utilized as a return air plenum. G. Raceways shall be installed as a complete and total wiring enclosure system from outlet to outlet, to junction box, pull box, panel or cabinet prior to the installation of the conductors. H. All conduit shall be run concealed (except in electrical, mechanical and similar area) unless shown otherwise. Where conduit is run exposed it shall be run in a neat and orderly manner. All conduit shall be run parallel and perpendicular to the building structure. I. Conduits shall be secured to all boxes, cabinets, panels and equipment with locknuts and bushings and shall be securely fastened in place on intervals required by the Code and local codes; hangers, supports or fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at the end of each straight run within 3’ of a termination to a box or cabinet. All supports shall be independent and shall not use ceiling supporting system wires. J. Use threaded rods and hangers for supporting single conduit. Multiple conduits shall be supported using a trapeze of Unistrut (or Kindorf) channels and threaded rods with double nut/washer. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 6 K. Provide pullboxes as shown and/or as required by Code and where necessary in the raceway system to avoid excessive runs or too many bends. Boxes shall have removable hinged or screw covers and shall be accessible. L. The minimum size conduit shall be ½” diameter. Homeruns shall extend from the first outlet or device to the panel designated and shall be a minimum ¾” diameter. M. Provide non-hardening elastic type duct seal compound for each conduit entering the building from the outside and from one space to another having a normal operating temperature differential greater or less than 10 degrees F. N. Provide seals around all conduit and sleeves penetrating through walls, partition or ceilings. Provide UL approved fire resistant seal around all penetrations through fire rated barriers to maintain the barrier rating. O. Provide pull wire or nylon rope in all empty conduits. 3.2 CONDUIT PROTECTION A. Provide underground conduit with a top cover at least 30” below finished grade and no more than 48”. 3.3 CONDUCTORS – 600 VOLTS OR LESS A. No conductor shall be smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuits. B. All conductors shall be installed in conduit unless noted otherwise on plans and/or specs. C. Where a connection is made to any terminal of 40 amperes or more and/or conductors No. 8 or larger, copper terminal lugs shall be bolted to the conductors. Where multiple terminal lugs are made, individual lugs for each conductor shall be used. Where aluminum conductors are accepted in this Section or noted on the drawings, the terminations shall be made with high compression lugs as manufactured by Ideal or MAC. D. A maximum of six (6) current carrying conductors shall be run in a conduit. The neutral shall be considered a current carrying conductor. E. For homeruns of 120 Volt, 20 amp circuits, where the length of run from the panelboard to the center of the load exceeds 100’-0” the conductors shall be No. 10 minimum. If that length exceeds 200’-0” the conductors shall be No. 8 minimum. F. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in all feeder and branch circuit conduits. Size per code unless shown otherwise. G. Conductors shall have color coded jackets for sizes No. 8 and smaller and color coded marking tape (where allowed) or solid color jackets for sizes larger than No. 8 as follows: 120/208V System Phase A – Black Phase B – Red Phase C – Blue Neutral – White Ground – Green NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL RACEWAYS AND WIRING 26 05 00 - 7 H. Where phase marking tape is used it shall be wrapped 2” wide and located at two (2) locations 6” and 18” from the termination. I. Before pulling any wire into conduit, thoroughly swab the conduit and clean the boxes of debris. J. Run feeders in continuous lengths, without joints or splices. Joints shall occur in branch circuits only in locations where they divide. K. Run conductors for emergency power in conduits separate from all other wiring. L. Bundle conductors in switchboards and panelboard cabinets and similar using nylon straps made for the purpose. Conductors No. 8 and larger shall be bundled in individual circuits. 3.4 JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, AND OUTLET BOXES A. All junction boxes and pullboxes shall be sized in accordance with the Code. B. All boxes shall be rigidly secured in position to building structure. Boxes larger than 4” shall be secured at two points. C. Outlet boxes shall be flush with the finished wall or ceiling, or not more than ¼” back, unless specifically shown as surface mounted or its purpose is to be above the ceiling. D. Provide galvanized steel or cast type outlet boxes. Where exposed GRC or IMC terminates in a box, provide cast box with threaded hubs. E. All boxes shall be provided with a cover plate. F. All outlet boxes shall be mounted vertically unless noted otherwise or shown horizontally mounted on architectural plans. G. Where outlets are shown at the same location but at different heights, they shall be mounted one above the other along the same centerline. H. The exact mounting height of an outlet may be adjusted slightly to align with masonry joint where approved by the Architect. I. Verify outlet locations in finished spaces with Drawings of interior details and finishes. J. Outlets shall NOT be located back to back. Where outlets are shown on opposite sides of a wall, they shall be located in separate stud spaces. K. Protect floor boxes from entering debris during construction using temporary covers approved by the floor box manufacturer. L. Boxes shall not be supported from a suspended ceiling. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GROUNDING SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 1 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all equipment, materials, tools, and labor to provide a complete grounding system. B. Ground all metallic parts of the electrical system which are not intended to carry current such as conduit, busduct, switchgear, panelboards, cabinets and enclosures, motor frames, device boxes, etc., in accordance with the NEC and applicable codes. C. In non-metallic conduits, maintain continuity of equipment grounding by installing an insulated grounding conductor and connected by an acceptable method. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All equipment and materials provided under this Section of the Specifications shall be new, UL listed, and bear the UL label. B. All switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, transformers, busway, etc. shall be provided with a copper equipment ground bar bolted, brazed, or riveted to the associated enclosure or cabinet. All receptacles, switches, disconnects, individual motor controllers, etc. shall be provided with a grounding terminal connected to the device frame or enclosure. C. All conduit, cable tray, manufactured wiring systems, raceways, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. shall be made electrically continuous by means of grounding conductors, bonding jumpers, grounding bushings, etc. as required by the NEC and the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Refer to other Sections for additional grounding requirements. 2.2 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. All grounding electrode conductors shall be bare or green insulated copper conductors sized per the NEC, unless noted on the Drawings. Where the authority having jurisdiction or local code requires grounding electrode conductor sizing in excess of that shown on the Drawings or specified herein, the larger size conductor shall be installed. B. All equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated copper conductors sized as indicated on the Drawings. Where the authorities having jurisdiction or local code requires equipment grounding conductor sizing in excess of that shown on the Drawings or specified herein, the larger size conductor shall be installed. C. All bonding conductors shall be flexible copper bonding jumpers sized in accordance with the NEC for grounding electrode conductors. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GROUNDING SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 2 2.3 GROUND RODS A. All ground rods, where indicated, shall be a minimum of ¾” x 10’-0” copper clad steel unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide adequate and permanent service neutral and equipment grounding in accordance with the NEC and as follows (as applicable to the scope of this project). B. Each system of electrically continuous metallic piping and ductwork shall be electrically grounded in accordance with the requirements of the NEC for “bonding” as they apply to the “bonding of piping systems”. Isolated metallic piping and duct systems shall be bonded to the building equipment grounding system. C. Bonding and grounding conductors shall be sized, shall be run in conduit, and shall be connected to various services in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction and the NEC. D. Grounding Electrode System (for new services if and where indicated on plans) 1. Provide a made electrode consisting of three (3) ground rods spaced 10’ apart in the form of an equilateral triangle. Each rod shall be installed a minimum of 12” below finished grade and a minimum of 36” clear of the foundation with No. 3/0 bare stranded copper conductors bonded together 24” below finished grade to form a loop (grounding triad). 2. Extend from the made electrode a No. 3/0 insulated stranded copper conductor in a 1” conduit to each main service disconnect (or single ground point where applicable) and connect to the neutral bar, housing and frame. 3. The following electrodes shall be bonded together with a No. 3/0 insulated stranded copper conductor in 1” conduit to form a grounding electrode system: a. Made electrode described above. b. Underground main metallic water pipe. Connect ahead of the first valve and provide a bonding jumper across the water meter. c. Structured steel building frame. d. Where the above electrodes are not available or feasible, provide suitable grounding electrodes per NEC. 4. Where nonmetallic insulating coupling, dielectric flanges or similar are used in metallic water piping, provide a No. 3/0 insulated stranded copper conductor across the couplings with the conductor attached to the water line with clamps on each side of the coupling. 5. Provide exothermic type chemical welded type connectors (Cadweld or approved equal) for the joining of conductors to ground rods, grounding plates and splicing. Provide compression and bolted type connectors for the joining of grounding electrode conductors to the ground bars. 6. Provide a separate green-insulated equipment grounding conductor, with insulation of the same rating as the phase conductors, for all feeders and branch circuits. Install the grounding conductors in the raceway with related phase and neutral conductors. Where parallel conductors in separate raceways occur, provide a grounding conductor in each raceway. Connect all grounding conductors to ground terminals at each end of the run so that there will be no uninterrupted grounding circuit from the point of ground fault back to a point of connection of the equipment ground and system neutral. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL GROUNDING SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 3 7. Provide grounding bushings on all raceways terminating within all electrical enclosures. Provide grounding conductors from such bushings to the frame of the enclosure, ground bus and equipment grounding strap where one occurs. 8. Connect the unit substation neutrals where applicable and equipment ground to a common point within the metallic enclosure containing the main service disconnecting means. Equipment grounds and the identified neutral of the wiring system shall not be interconnected beyond this point in the interior wiring system. 9. Assure the electrical continuity of all metallic raceway systems, pulling up all conduits and/or locknuts wrench-tight. Where expansion joints or telescoping joints occur, provide bonding jumpers. Wherever flexible metallic conduit is employed, provide a green insulated ground jumper installed in the flexible conduit. 10. Provide an insulated green bonding jumper from the grounding screw in the outlet box. Do not install behind the device mounting screws. 11. Provide a No. 6 copper ground to the telephone company main distribution frame and to each telephone backboard. 3.2 TESTS A. Provide ground continuity tests at all new switchboards, transformers, panelboards, distribution panels, motor control centers, main disconnects, and transfer switch equipment. B. After completion of the grounding system measure the system ground resistance. If the resistance to ground exceeds 5 ohms, additional ground rods, or other method approved by the Engineer, shall be provided until a reading of 5 ohms or less is achieved. C. Perform tests in dry weather and not less than 48 hours after rainfall. D. Test instruments: Null balance type, Biddle Meggar Earth Tester or approved equal. E. Provide a report with all resistance readings, calculations and performed corrections and submit two (2) copies to the Architect. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 50 - 1 SECTION 26 05 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all equipment, materials, tools and labor to properly identify electrical equipment and related accessories. B. Provide identification for the following: 1. Switchgear, switchboards, distribution panels, panelboards, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, motor starters, motor control switches, start/stop buttons, and other electrical equipment. 2. Junction boxes and pull boxes. 3. Wiring devices. 4. Wire tags for wiring. 5. Raceways. 6. Outlets and Switches. 7. Emergency Light Fixtures. C. Related Sections 1. Division 26 – Section “Service and Distribution”. 2. Division 26 – Section “Devices”. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates 1. Nameplates shall have the surface color and core color for engraved letters as follows: a. Normal distribution 1) 120/208V equipment – black surface with white core 2. Provide a nameplate for each switchgear, switchboard, panelboard, distribution panel, motor starter, disconnect switches, motor control center and similar distribution equipment clearly identifying the equipment’s’ name to match that indicated in the Drawings. 3. Provide a nameplate for each feeder protective device in each switchgear, switchboard, distribution panel, motor control center and any other similar equipment. Identify the specific load it serves. 4. Nameplates shall be bakelite, 1/16” thick minimum with 3/8” high letters. B. Junction Boxes and Pull boxes 1. Provide identification with permanent ink marking pen on the cover of junction boxes noting the branch circuits and systems within the conduit. 2. Pull boxes shall be marked using stenciled paint noting the voltage and systems served. Letters shall be appropriate height so that they can be read from the floor. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 50 - 2 C. Disconnect switches and motor starters 1. Provide nameplates as described above for all disconnect switches and motor starters located 8’-0” above finished floor or less. Identify equipment served. 2. Provide identification with permanent ink marking pen on all disconnect switches and motor starters mounted over 8’-0” above finished floor. Write marking clearly and in a location that can be read from the floor when the area is finished (e.g. marking for disconnects serving mechanical equipment that will be above the ceiling when the area is finished shall be located on the bottom or bottom front of the disconnect so it can be read when a ceiling tile is removed). D. Push button switches 1. Provide nameplates as described above for all push button switches. Letters shall be ¼” high. F. Outlets and Switches 1. Provide clear adhesive labels indicating panel and circuit numbers on the cover plate and matching label on the inside of the box for all outlets and switches. The lettering shall be 1/4” high. G. Emergency Light Fixtures 1. Provide clear adhesive labels indicating “EB” or “EM” on all emergency light fixtures. The lettering shall be 1/4” high. H. Wire markers 1. Wire markers for identification of wiring shall be self-adhesive type having letters and numerals indicating feeder or branch circuit number. Locate markings on wiring where visible near the terminations and taps in all junction boxes, outlet boxes, panelboards, distribution panel boards, switchboards and motor control centers. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Nameplates shall be applied to a cleaned surface and shall be plumb and level. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 24 00 - 1 SECTION 26 24 00 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all distribution switchgear as specified herein, as indicated on the Drawings and as required to provide a complete and operating system. All distribution equipment shall be of the same manufacturer including, but not limited to, switchboards, panelboards, transformers, disconnects, and busway. B. The distribution equipment shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest version of the following standards: 1. NFPA 70 2. NEMA AB1 3. NEMA KS1 4. NEMA PB2 5. NEMA PB1 6. NEMA PB1 7. NEMA PB2.1 8. NEMA PB1.1 9. NEMA 250 10. NEMA TP-1-2002 11. ANSI/IEEE C12.1 12. ANSI C39.1 13. ANSI C57.13 14. UL 50, 67, 89, 98, 489 15. ASTM C. Provide nameplates for all distribution equipment as specified herein and per Division 26 - Section “Electrical Identification”. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The following data shall be submitted according to and Division 26 - Section “General Electrical Requirements” and shall include but not be limited to: 1. Physical dimensions, nameplate data, voltage, amperage, plan views, elevations, schematic wiring diagrams, bus capacities, circuit schedule, short circuit ratings, etc. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products in conformance with manufacturer’s recommended practices as outlined in application installation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period for repair or replacement. C. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection and/or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect structure from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Where applicable, provide adequate heating within enclosures to prevent condensation. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 24 00 - 2 D. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1 and manufacturer’s written instructions. Lift only by lifting means provided for this express purpose. 1.4 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Provide and install the building electrical service from the Power Company transformer(s) to the main service distribution equipment as shown on the Drawings. Any charges required by the Power Company for permanent power shall be included in this Contract. B. Coordinate all installation requirements with the Power Company prior to bid and include all trenching, conduits, vaults, equipment pads, current transformers, potential transformers, potential taps as required. Coordinate all Work with the Power Company. C. Provide conduit, C.T. enclosures, switchgear metering compartments, etc. as required by the Power Company for metering. Contractor shall coordinate all meter requirements with the Power Company prior to proceeding with this Work. D. The existing secondary service to the building is 120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hertz AC. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS A. System Description 1. Short circuit rating of panelboards shall be the interrupting rating of lowest rated device in the panel or application UL series for proper main and branch device combinations. 2. Panelboards shall have a maximum of 54 protective devices per panel, including sub-feeders and excluding main overcurrent protective devices. For more than 54 devices, 2 or more panelboards are required. 3. With 2 or more panelboards, sub-feed lug or thru-feed lugs shall be used in all by 1 section of each panelboard. Lugs shall have same capacity as incoming mains. 4. Protective devices shall be molded case circuit breakers. B. Enclosure 1. Boxes shall be a nominal 20 inches wide and 6 inches deep with wire bending space per the National Electric Code. 2. Fronts shall be reinforced steel with concealed hinges and concealed trim adjusting screws. Trim clamps are unacceptable. 3. All door locks shall be corrosion proof Valox (or equal) with retractable latches. All door locks shall be keyed for a single key. 4. Clean Lexan (or equal) directory card holders shall be permanently mounted on front door. 5. All panelboard series ratings shall be prominently displayed on dead front shield. 6. Interiors shall permit top or bottom incoming cables. C. Bus bars 1. Bus bars shall be Copper, phase sequenced, fully insulated and supported by high impact Noryl (or equal) interior base assemblies. 2. Bus bars shall be mechanically supported by zinc finished galvanneal steel frames to prevent vibration and damage from short circuits. 3. Terminations shall be UL tested and listed and suitable for UL copper. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 24 00 - 3 4. Provide 1 continuous bus bar per phase. Each bus bar shall have sequentially phased branch circuit connectors for bolt-on branch circuit breakers. Bus bars shall be rated as indicated in Drawings. 5. Split solid neutral bus shall be plated and located in main compartment for all incoming neutral cables to be same length. 200% rated solid neutral shall be provided as indicated on the Drawings and shall be plated copper for non- linear load applications subject to harmonics. 200% rated solid neutral shall be self-certified by Manufacturer. 6. Lugs shall be rated for 75 degree C terminations. 7. Interiors shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. Main and sub- feed circuit breakers shall be vertically mounted. Main lug interiors up to 400 amperes shall be field convertible to main breaker. Interior leveling provisions shall be provided for flush mounted applications. 8. Log bodies shall bolt in place. D. Circuit Breakers 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-in devices for 120/208V panels. 2. All circuit breakers shall have thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. 3. Multiple pole breakers shall have internal common trip crossbars for simultaneous tripping of each pole. 4. Circuit breakers shall not be restricted to any mounting location due to physical size. 5. All branch breakers 15 to 100 amperes shall be able to be mounted in any panel position for twin or double mounting without space penalty. Sum of ratings for 2 such twin mounted devices shall not exceed 180 amperes. 6. Main and sub-feed circuit breakers may be vertically or horizontally mounted. 7. Branch breaker panelboard connections shall be copper to copper. 8. All panelboard terminations shall be rated as indicated in Drawings. 9. All breakers shall have an over center mechanism and be quick make and quick break. 10. All breakers shall have handle trip indication and a trip indicator in window of circuit breaker housing. 11. Breaker handle and faceplate shall indicate rated ampacity. 12. Circuit breaker escutcheon shall have standard ON/OFF markings. 13. Main breakers shall be UL listed for use with: Shunt, Under Voltage, and Ground Fault Shunt Trips; Auxiliary and Alarm Switches; and Mechanical Lug Kits. 14. Branch breakers shall be UL listed for use with: Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Switches. E. Finish 1. Boxes shall be corrosion resistant, zinc finish galvanneal. 2. Fronts shall be powder finish painted ANSI 61 gray. F. Panels shall be manufactured by General Electric, Square D, Cutler-Hammer or Siemens. 2.3 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Switches shall be heavy-duty type. The switch blades shall be visible when the switch is OFF and the cover is open. Lugs shall be front removable and UL listed for 75 degrees C conductor. Provide removable arc suppressor to facilitate easy access to line side up. B. Switches shall have provisions for a field installable electrical interlock. C. The switch operating mechanism shall be quick-make, quick-break. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 24 00 - 4 D. Provide padlock provisions for locking in the OFF position. E. Provide NEMA type enclosure suitable for the application (indoor, outdoor, wet or damp, corrosive, etc.). Type 3R enclosure shall contain no knockouts (supply watertight hubs). F. Enclosure shall have ON and OFF markings stamped on the enclosure. G. Switches shall be horsepower rated. H. Fused disconnect switches shall have rejection type fuse clips with dual element current limiting fuses of rating shown or required by the Manufacturer’s nameplate of the equipment being supplied. The UL short circuit rating shall be 200,000 amps RMS SYM when used with Class R or J fuses. 2.4 FUSES A. Fuses shall have 200,000 Amp RMS SYS rating. B. Fuses for circuits 1 to 600 amperes shall be dual element, current limiting time delay (500% of rated current for minimum of 10 seconds) with separate overload and short circuit clearing chamber. Bussman “Low Peak” or equal by Littlefuse or Ferraz Shawmut. UL Class J. C. Fuses for circuits above 600 amperes shall be current limiting, time delay (500% of rated current for minimum of 4 seconds, clear 20 times rated current in 0/1 seconds or less). Bussman, “Hi-Cap” or equal by Littlefuse or Ferraz Shawmut. UL Class L. D. Provide one (1) set of spare fuses for each set of three (3). A maximum of three (3) sets of fuses is required to be provided for the same type and rating. E. Provide a cabinet to store the fuses. The cabinet shall be of heavy duty construction, interior and exterior painted gray, have a positive latching handle with cylinder lock and two keys, have an inventory and dedicated for the storage of fuses. Coordinate the location of the cabinet with the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 GENERAL A. Clean all enclosures free of all foreign matter and dust. B. Remove all rust marks and repaint to new condition. C. Provide all necessary hardware to level and secure all switchgear. D. Provide engraved nameplates on all switchgear per Section 26 05 50 including but not limited to, switchboards, switchboard overcurrent protection devices, panelboards, distributor panelboards, disconnects, contactors, busway, busplugs. E. Provide a typewritten directory for all panelboards. Make spares in pencil. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DEVICES 26 27 00 - 1 SECTION 26 27 00 DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all devices specified herein, as indicated on the Drawings and as required to provide complete and operating systems. B. The wiring devices shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest version of the following standards: 1. NEMA WD-1 2. NEMA WD-5 3. Underwriters Laboratories 4. NEC PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The color of all devices, wall plates and cover plates shall be White unless noted otherwise. 2.2 SWITCHES A. Wall switches, unless noted otherwise, shall be flush mounted, commercial grade 120/277 volt, 20 amp, Decora style switches (number of poles and types as indicated on the Drawings) by Leviton. B. Dimmer switches shall be as noted in the Drawings. Provide wattage and type as required by the load. C. Motor rated switches and switches indicated as pilot switches, unless noted otherwise, shall be flush mounted industrial grade, red pilot light “on” with overload protection as follows (note: wire per manufacturers recommendation): a. 120V, 20 amp Circuits – Hubbell HBL1221PL b. 120V, 30 amp Circuits – Hubbell HBL3031PL D. Key switches, unless noted otherwise, shall be flush mounted, commercial grade, 120/277V, 20 amp: 1. Single Pole: Leviton No. 1221-2L 2. Double Pole: Leviton No. 1222-2L 3. 3-Way: Leviton No. 1223-2L Series 4. 4-Way: Leviton No. 1224-2L Series E. Timer switches, unless noted otherwise, shall be 24VAC to 277VAC, toggle style timer with timed interval setting of 1 minute to 18 hours, flicker time out warning, and shall fit a standard wall box. Adjust interval to 2 hours at project completion unless noted otherwise. Manufacturer shall be Acuity Controls / Sensor Switch PTS-270. F. Wall mounted occupancy sensors, unless noted otherwise on plans, shall be dual technology Acuity Controls / Sensor Switch WSX PDT WH. Color shall be White. Coordinate delay interval setting with owner prior to project completion. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DEVICES 26 27 00 - 2 G. Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors, unless noted otherwise on plans, shall be dual technology Acuity Controls / Sensor Switch CM PDT 9 provided with appropriate power pack(s) to accommodate circuiting shown on plans. Color shall be White. Coordinate delay interval setting with owner prior to project completion. 2.3 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacles (size and types as indicated on the Drawings) shall be plastic, 2P, 3W, grounded, 125 volt, 20 amp, Decora style receptacles by Leviton. B. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacles (GFCI) shall be plastic, 2P, 3W, 125 volt, 20 amp, self-protecting type Leviton 7899 series. C. Weather receptacles shall have a duplex GFCI receptacle as specified above and shall comply with NEC Article 406. D. Dedicated receptacle outlets shall be Gray in color with white cover plates where indicated on plans. 2.4 COVER PLATES A. Cover plates for all devices shall be by Leviton and shall have a White finish unless noted otherwise. B. Provide multi-gang plates for devices shown at the same location. Coordinate gang configuration with the Architect where more than 3 devices are shown at one location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide appropriate outlet box for each device or multi-ganged devices. B. Provide plaster ring reducer for boxes larger than the device plate. C. Provide dimmer switch type and size to match load. D. Coordinate locations of all devices with the Architect and the interior detail Drawings. E. Coordinate cutting; obtain pre-cut openings from manufacturer for door switches, metal partitions and furniture mounted devices. F. In general, devices in finished spaces shall be flush mounted. Verify the requirements of all spaces with the Architect. G. Each device shall have a cover plate as is appropriate for the application. Cover plates shall be installed true and plumb with building lines, mortar joints and architectural features. H. Mount receptacles and special systems outlets vertical and 18” above the finished floor to the device centerline, unless noted or required otherwise. I. Mount switches vertical and 48” above the finished floor to the device centerline and 6” from a door strike, unless noted or required otherwise. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL DEVICES 26 27 00 - 3 J. All exterior devices shall be provided with a weatherproof cover/enclosure. Exterior receptacles shall be GFCI type. K. Coordinate mounting heights for devices indicated to be mounted over counter with the Architect. L. Provide a green insulated bonding jumper for all grounded devices and bond to the outlet box. M. Each outlet used as a junction box, or for future device or fixture, shall be fitted with a blank cover plate to match other device cover plates. N. Floor boxes shall be as specified on the Drawings. End of Section NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 1 SECTION 26 50 00 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide lighting fixtures complete with all lamps as specified on the Electrical Drawings. Provide all supports, brackets, connectors, materials, tools, wiring, controls and labor to provide a complete and operating lighting system. B. All blemished, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures shall be replaced in a satisfactory manner as directed by the Architect. C. Where a fixture type designated has been omitted, cannot be determined or is in conflict with other Drawings or Specifications, request a clarification from the Architect, prior to bid, and provide suitable fixture type as directed. D. All lamps shall be operating at project completion and for a period of six (6) months after the final acceptance. E. Confirm exact locations and lengths of lighting fixtures with the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan and mechanical equipment above or on the ceiling. F. All recessed lighting fixtures shall match the ceiling type and be tested and certified by the fixture manufacturer for the type of mounting. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent breakage, denting and scoring the fixture finish. Do not install damaged lighting fixtures; replace and return damaged units to equipment Manufacturer. B. Store lighting fixtures in clean, dry space. Store in original cartons and protect from dirt, physical damage, weather and construction traffic. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The following submittal data shall be furnished according to Section 26 01 00 and shall include but not be limited to: 1. Lighting fixtures complete with physical dimensions, materials, connector details, voltage, current, installation details, air handling capability, etc. 2. Lamps complete with base or pin configuration, lumen rating, life expectancy, color temperature, starting characteristics, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Bid shall be based on the light fixture manufacturers and descriptions listed in lighting fixture schedules. Alternate fixtures will not be accepted. B. Fixtures are designated on the Drawings by “type” as indicated by letters that corresponds to a lighting fixture description and specification on the lighting fixture schedules. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 2 C. Each lighting fixture shall comply with NEC Article 410, Energy Independence & Security Act, local codes and the authority having jurisdiction as applicable. D. Provide a lighting fixture complete with lamps, drivers and required accessories for each lighting fixture shown. Provide all mounting and trim hardware to suit the specific installation and location. E. All lighting fixtures shall bear a UL label. F. Where fixtures are specified with acrylic lens, provide virgin acrylic with 0.125 inch thickness. G. Exit lighting fixtures shall meet the requirements of all federal, state and local codes. 2.2 EMERGENCY BATTERY LIGHTING A. Lighting fixtures indicated on the drawings to be provided with an emergency battery pack shall provide emergency lighting by using standard LED lamp and an emergency battery pack. The battery pack shall consist of a field replaceable high temperature, maintenance free nickel cadmium battery, charger and electronic circuitry contained in one metal case. Provide a solid state charging indicator light to monitor the charger and battery, double pole test switch and installation hardware. The battery pack shall provide power to the LED lamp upon failure of the normal supply to the fixture. B. The test button and indicator light shall be integral in the fixture reflector and shall be positioned within or on the surface of the fixture so as to be accessible and identifiable. C. Under normal mode the battery pack shall keep the batteries at full charge. Upon loss of normal power the battery pack shall operate the LED fixture for 90 minutes. D. Battery recharge time shall not exceed 16 hours to fully recharge and shall not exceed 225 milliamperes charging current. E. The lumen output of the lamp or lamps powered by battery unit shall be not less than nominal 1400 lumens initially for a 2 foot or 4 foot fixture. F. The battery pack shall meet or exceed all the requirements set forth in UL924 “Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment” and shall be UL listed for installation on top of or remote from the fixture. Emergency illumination shall meet or exceed the requirements set forth in the National Electric Code, Life Safety Code and UL 90- Minute Requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Locations on the Drawings are diagrammatic. Verify exact locations with Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans and coordinate space conditions with other trades. B. Modify locations in mechanical equipment rooms to suit the conditions of the mechanical equipment while maintaining a sufficient and uniform lighting level equal to that provided by the layout shown on the Drawings. NAVY FEDERAL CREDIT UNION ATLANTIC VILLAGE BRANCH ATLANTIC BEACH, FL LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 3 C. Fixtures of the same type and in the same ceiling shall have lamps, socket assembling and door hinges oriented in the same direction. D. Reflector cones, baffles, aperture plates, light controlling element for air handling fixtures and decorative elements shall be installed after completion of ceiling tiles, painting and general cleanup. E. Target and focus adjustable lighting fixtures after regular working hours and before building acceptance. Permanently indicate targeting on fixture and provide positive locking devices to preclude mis-focus when relamping. Target and focus in the presence of the Architect and Owner. F. Clean all fixture reflectors, lenses, louver, decorative accessories and lamps immediately prior to Owner’s acceptance of building. Destaticize plastic lenses and diffusers after cleaning. G. Lighting fixtures mounted within, under, on or integral with millwork shall be given special consideration. Fixture counting and sizes shall be coordinated with the applicable space and adjusted accordingly. This coordination shall occur prior to ordering fixtures. Refer to Architectural Drawings for details. 3.2 SUPPORT OF LIGHT FIXTURES A. Support directly from building structure, any lighting fixture which weighs in excess of the capacity of the suspended ceiling on which it is installed. Support each such fixture with the quantity of threaded rods or fixture support wires required to prevent fixture warping; however provide no less than two rods or wire per fixture. B. Outlets, which are recessed in a suspended ceiling and support the weight of surface- mounted or suspended fixtures, shall be supported from a channel spanning and secured to the ceiling support system. Support each end of the channel with a fixture support wire attached to structure. C. Installation in grid-type suspended ceiling: 1. Support each corner of a grid opening, in which a lay-in fixture is located, with a fixture support wire attached to structure. Provide a support clip, securely fastened to the ceiling grid, at or near each corner of each lay-in fixture. 2. Support fixtures, which are smaller than the ceiling grid opening and which are recessed in the acoustical panel, with at least two metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling grid. Support each end of each channel or each corner of the grid opening with a fixture support wire attached to structure. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. End of Section APPENDIX NFCU CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS & RETAINAGE PAYMENT REQUIRMENTS GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE & INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION DRAFT AIA Document A104-2017 (v.04.19) Navy Federal Credit Union Close-Out Documents & Retainage Payment Requirements Prior to releasing the final retainage payment, Navy Federal requires that the following be sent to the Navy Federal Construction Project Manager: o Two physical binders that each contain all close-out documents (listed below) o Two physical copies of full size as-built drawings approved by architect o Two physical copies of data CDs / DVDs, each containing digital copies of all content contained in the close- out document binder and the as-built drawings Close-Out Documents *Items listed with an asterisk are required after the retainage payment has been released 1. Building Department a. Signed off permit b. Certificate of occupancy (may be signed off permit in some jurisdictions) c. All other certifications as required, ie; backflow, TAB, etc. 2. Punch List a. Completed punch list signed off by Architect 3. AIA Documents a. AIA G701 – Change Order b. AIA G702 – Application and Certification for Payment (for final retainage payment) c. AIA G704 – Certificate of Substantial Completion d. AIA G706 – Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims e. AIA G706A – Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens f. AIA G707 – Consent of Surety to Final Payment 4. Directory a. Contact information for general contractor project team b. Contact information for all subcontractors 5. Lien Waivers a. Conditional final lien release (for retainage payment) b. *Unconditional final lien release (after retainage payment is received) from general contractor, all subcontractors, and all entities that provided “Notice To Owner / Contractor” letters 6. Warranties a. Signed warranty letter from general contractor for period of one year from project completion b. Signed warranty letters from all subcontractors for period of one year from project completion 7. Operation and Maintenance a. All operation & maintenance manuals, cuts sheets, and owner’s instructions for equipment, appliances and materials used on the project. 8. Miscellaneous a. *Release of payment & performance bonds GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION | Version: JUNE 2020 Reference Specification Section 23 01 01 and accompanying Appendix A in the Project Manual for additional branch specific requirements. OVERVIEW AND PURPOSE To facilitate the goal of providing acceptable indoor air quality during construction, the following Guidelines, Standards and references apply to all Navy Federal Credit Union (NFCU) branch construction activities. Any deviations from the standards must be identified, justified and presented to NFCU prior to the Schematic Design Phase (or earlier) deliverable listed under Section III in the NFCU Mechanical Standards. SOURCE CONTROL Controlling sources means preventing or eliminating pollutants from entering the building. Do not allow vehicles, machinery, or equipment to operate or idle near entries, loading docks, or air intakes. Ensure source control is employed for all pollution-causing activities and products such as roofing tar pots, painting, concrete, block or brick cutting, etc. Finally, locate trash containers and dumpsters away from building openings. Source control is also tied to housekeeping and worker education, as discussed below. Powered equipment produces exhaust fumes loaded with carbon monoxide, and the other activities give off chemical vapors or dusts that could be pulled into the building. Carbon monoxide is potentially very harmful, causing asphyxiation and even death at very high concentrations, while paint and tar fumes, usually just a nuisance, can produce headaches, nausea, and dizziness if levels accumulate. PATHWAY INTERRUPTION (VENTILATION AND EXHAUST) When pollution-causing activities must occur inside the building, the contractor shall implement steps to isolate active dirty work areas from clean or occupied spaces. Ventilation and exhaust systems are used to control and remove pollutants produced by these activities. If the HVAC system is already installed, pressure differentials can be used to keep pollutants generated in dirty work areas from getting into clean areas. This strategy often requires building temporary barriers. More supply air can be introduced to the clean area and, if needed, increase exhaust from the dirty work area, preventing pollutants from escaping to the clean sections. Depending on the climate and local weather, the use of 100% outside air for the HVAC system, thus diluting and exhausting contaminants, is an option, provided the HVAC system is protected (see below). Pathway interruption can also involve using local indoor exhaust equipment. Place high-volume evacuation blowers in the dirty area and near the contaminant source activity to capture and exhaust the pollutants directly outside using appropriate lengths of flex ducts. GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION | Version: JUNE 2020 HVAC PROTECTION Protect all air handling equipment from dust, insect, moisture, and microbial contamination during construction activities. If the HVAC system is operated during construction, make sure filters are installed. Temporary filter media with a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV 8 is recommended). MERV ratings refer to how well a filter traps particles in the air; the higher the number, the better the filtration. Install new filter media when construction is completed and before occupancy. Repair all leaks in the ducts or air handlers promptly. Clean or replace any HVAC equipment or ductwork that becomes contaminated prior to system start-up. If the HVAC system is designed with ducted return air (i.e., ductwork under negative pressure), then the return side should be damped off, sealed with plastic, or isolated during heavy construction, demolition, or pollutant-generating activities. For all new construction or renovations, all ductwork from the time it arrives on site (lay-down) until installation shall be covered with 6-mil plastic and all open ends & taps sealed with tape. Negative air filtration shall run continuously during demolition with air being exhausted to the exterior of the building. Coordinate operations and schedules with the NFCU Construction Project Manager. Provide temporary filters in all RTUs/AHUs, as well as filter socks and coverings for all open ducts, diffusers, registers & grilles after installation (during construction). Provide new filters as scheduled for all equipment when construction is complete. All ducts existing-to-remain shall be thoroughly cleaned. The SMACNA1 publication referenced in this Guideline provides thorough guidance to the contractor(s) on minimum specifications for all aspects of HVAC protection, control measures, space pressurization and containment. ESTABLISHING PRESSURIZATION From SMACNA’s Guidelines (see Compliance below and Reference 1) In addition to source control and scheduling, establishing pressure differences between construction work areas and occupied areas will provide another option for controlling migration of construction contaminants to occupied areas. Desired pressure differentials may be achieved by balance adjustments. For example, exhaust or return flow could be reduced or eliminated, or, supply flows can be modified (e.g., increase one room, decrease adjacent room). Each project is unique, but as a general rule, the work areas should be exhausted at a rate at least 10% greater than the rate of supply (adjacent areas) in order to establish an effective negative pressure. The following factors may also temporarily change building pressurization and should be considered when developing pressurization control strategies: Building stack effect Wind effects HVAC economizer controls Start-stop of exhaust fans Elevator piston effect GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION | Version: JUNE 2020 Special facilities where pressure relationships must be maintained should be carefully evaluated to determine whether pressure control will remain acceptable while being used to help isolate construction. Changes in building infiltration should also be examined to understand whether potential moisture transfer driven by unusually high pressurization differences through the building envelope may be an issue. Again, the SMACNA1 publication referenced provides thorough guidance to the contractor using pressurization as a control measure. HOUSEKEEPING The importance of good housekeeping during construction and renovation projects cannot be overstated. Prior to installation, store building materials in a clean area protected from weather. Perform regular (at least daily) housekeeping to prevent tracking dust and debris from construction areas to clean non-work areas. Before allowing occupants to move in, perform a thorough cleaning to remove contaminants from the building. Concentrate cleaning activities on spaces to be occupied and the HVAC system. For the HVAC, ensure all coils and fans are cleaned and filters are replaced with new ones in advance of performing the final test and balance and especially before conducting baseline air quality testing (which is also strongly recommend). WORKER EDUCATION Train employees on how to prevent, control, and remove indoor air quality pollutants and how to read and understand safety data sheets (SDS), aiding them in selecting potentially less harmful products and providing guidance on proper use and waste handling. Emphasize the selection of cleaning chemicals that are low VOC emitting and make sure the SDS are reviewed and kept close at hand. COMPLIANCE At a minimum, all contractors working under contract or subcontract with NFCU projects shall refer and adhere to the following publications and guidelines: The SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction, 2nd Edition ANSI/SMACNA 008•20081 https://www.smacna.org/store/product/iaq-guidelines-for-occupied-buildings-under-construction This Guideline covers how to manage the source of air pollutants, control measures, quality control and documentation, and communication with occupants. It includes example projects, tables, references, resources, and checklists. Methods to identify and remediate lead, asbestos, or other materials that are classified as hazardous materials are not intended to be within the scope of this standard. ASHRAE: Indoor Air Quality Guide, The: Best Practices for Design, Construction and Commissioning, 20092 This comprehensive publication provides both summary and detailed guidance in the form of a printed book and accompanying CD. GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES FOR RENOVATION MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION | Version: JUNE 2020 The summary guidance gives: o Best practices for all aspects of IAQ building design, commissioning and construction, including designing for maintainability o Tools and material for demonstrating the value of IAQ to clients o 40 strategies for achieving 8 critical IAQ objectives The detailed guidance (included on a companion CD) provides: o Hundreds of internal and external links to invaluable IAQ resources o Access to an incredible variety of in-depth information by topic to help design, construct, and operate acceptable IAQ The following list offers additional meaningful guidance and publications: https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/indoorenv/constructionieq.html www.OSHA.gov ASHRAE Journal, vol. 56, no. 4, April 2014, IAQ at Construction Sites REFERENCES 1. www.SMACNA.org 2. www.ASHRAE.org 3. Adapted from: EPA website article - https://www.epa.gov/iaq-schools/construction-part-indoor-air- quality-design-tools-schools